There are two nf_conntrack_l4proto_udp4 declarations in the head file
nf_conntrack_ipv4/6.h. Now remove one which is not enbraced by the macro
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_UDPLITE.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
All DSA tag receive functions do strictly the same thing after they have located
the originating source port from their tag specific protocol:
- push ETH_HLEN bytes
- set pkt_type to PACKET_HOST
- call eth_type_trans()
- bump up counters
- call netif_receive_skb()
Factor all of that into dsa_switch_rcv(). This also makes us return a pointer to
a sk_buff, which makes us symetric with the xmit function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the support for the 4-bytes tag for DSA port distinguishing inserted
allowing receiving and transmitting the packet via the particular port.
The tag is being added after the source MAC address in the ethernet
header.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIVAwUAWOYUWfSw1s6N8H32AQIqdg/9Hi+47eues/TBbogP8eRrqVEoNHFy75e/
MMTFe0/Qio7ps78VuOSThbqh96dzIX5K5/7JdiHZyQk2QCTaJ2BvheCUISQovhFl
yuAJcBhkO5iiQkR0agYdHVjIQGRth3usNIEyD1rm1DS/lr8ec9/iyjoipKpsZmxt
WlRF3eGgqA+cLpH4K+k4x/LJwIl8868MBz58p6XXW2yZFRygQzYHmMobhDwgLoC2
C2lHPEyllK7qcIaZD7SI/a2/bMwh7QTx1tJuQK3DgtJrAHigx96uxH3jqECk7fLg
EhjLqIFmWVCUcrBbUqjlNtcuevzxCZTCCB0LAZgmOTyEyCFJzgoQmQo97VhMPbG5
JF9bKg+JE6P5iwqtTBEW9p+LoyM7VAt6SzeuKH/vNAVGHc0ULDMB8XPYF3Nvqa3L
RGIwcxWCAItZFdDCUvWgTyEuZtVXu6LbuvnU1HkaXlXsLLi4041MQgcekY58k6kv
z4YnXojy0+mciJ4WV/7CLfNMyP36G0gwLugjLAsJwigxJoOTtsfphkGcpWlP9hBm
IyTFJw0qbbuQD7fprfw//e+IgfjDQbxYMQKxQaJZflXzYDCab8PQkFTl1kWPrJSR
yR0rk8wKb7Z1fyl/zpUNbw7KdFganqhkZ6jbOrr9G8Hp8jyubnwMCI5B2rSZfe1V
CSOtCbEt8Is=
=JnXV
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20170406' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Miscellany
Here's a set of patches that make some minor changes to AF_RXRPC:
(1) Store error codes in struct rxrpc_call::error as negative codes and
only convert to positive in recvmsg() to avoid confusion inside the
kernel.
(2) Note the result of trying to abort a call (this fails if the call is
already 'completed').
(3) Don't abort on temporary errors whilst processing challenge and
response packets, but rather drop the packet and wait for
retransmission.
And also adds some more tracing:
(4) Protocol errors.
(5) Received abort packets.
(6) Changes in the Rx window size due to ACK packet information.
(7) Client call initiation (to allow the rxrpc_call struct pointer, the
wire call ID and the user ID/afs_call pointer to be cross-referenced).
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c7e2b9689e "sched: introduce vlan action" added both the
UAPI values for the vlan actions (TCA_VLAN_ACT_) and these two
in-kernel ones which are not used, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_nat_mangle_{udp,tcp}_packet() returns int. However, it is used as
bool type in many spots. Fix this by consistently handle this return
value as a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When remove one expect, it needs three statements. And there are
multiple duplicated codes in current code. So add one common function
nf_ct_remove_expect to consolidate this.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Because the type of expecting, the member of nf_conn_help, is u8, it
would overflow after reach U8_MAX(255). So it doesn't work when we
configure the max_expected exceeds 255 with expect policy.
Now add the check for max_expected. Return the -EINVAL when it exceeds
the limit.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Mostly simple cases of overlapping changes (adding code nearby,
a function whose name changes, for example).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make rxrpc_kernel_abort_call() return an indication as to whether it
actually aborted the operation or not so that kafs can trace the failure of
the operation. Note that 'success' in this context means changing the
state of the call, not necessarily successfully transmitting an ABORT
packet.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
People are using bonding over Infiniband IPoIB connections, and who knows
what else. Infiniband has a hardware address length of 20 octets
(INFINIBAND_ALEN), and the network core defines a MAX_ADDR_LEN of 32.
Various places in the bonding code are currently hard-wired to 6 octets
(ETH_ALEN), such as the 3ad code, which I've left untouched here. Besides,
only alb is currently possible on Infiniband links right now anyway, due
to commit 1533e77315, so the alb code is where most of the changes are.
One major component of this change is the addition of a bond_hw_addr_copy
function that takes a length argument, instead of using ether_addr_copy
everywhere that hardware addresses need to be copied about. The other
major component of this change is converting the bonding code from using
struct sockaddr for address storage to struct sockaddr_storage, as the
former has an address storage space of only 14, while the latter is 128
minus a few, which is necessary to support bonding over device with up to
MAX_ADDR_LEN octet hardware addresses. Additionally, this probably fixes
up some memory corruption issues with the current code, where it's
possible to write an infiniband hardware address into a sockaddr declared
on the stack.
Lightly tested on a dual mlx4 IPoIB setup, which properly shows a 20-octet
hardware address now:
$ cat /proc/net/bonding/bond0
Ethernet Channel Bonding Driver: v3.7.1 (April 27, 2011)
Bonding Mode: fault-tolerance (active-backup) (fail_over_mac active)
Primary Slave: mlx4_ib0 (primary_reselect always)
Currently Active Slave: mlx4_ib0
MII Status: up
MII Polling Interval (ms): 100
Up Delay (ms): 100
Down Delay (ms): 100
Slave Interface: mlx4_ib0
MII Status: up
Speed: Unknown
Duplex: Unknown
Link Failure Count: 0
Permanent HW addr:
80:00:02:08:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:e4:1d:2d:03:00:1d:67:01
Slave queue ID: 0
Slave Interface: mlx4_ib1
MII Status: up
Speed: Unknown
Duplex: Unknown
Link Failure Count: 0
Permanent HW addr:
80:00:02:09:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:01:e4:1d:2d:03:00:1d:67:02
Slave queue ID: 0
Also tested with a standard 1Gbps NIC bonding setup (with a mix of
e1000 and e1000e cards), running LNST's bonding tests.
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAljjveoTHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9tSZB/9DPsUOEbLzcJZ6HVRPJ3mJkCYf9jdD
VE7vW3w79EcmcbkE7ULkyrEr/+GJs7GvA1vS+j8jphraVGOjP4DjeOm1OLJXylqa
m2vaBpOqTOx3MdMdd/FVLlap7MKTX3f9J1WAOsGi5kJK3RR9EHRj5tKhoeG40OUk
rMDg9juskT+XVqgawrcHyM/eVHZ4ny+BlN2LN0zajHT6l3xKiqQ+0iQltXnstymW
djTfqlrbL+Ix6mlYKsK+joVWwbNUxuguto2m2CKVQukWFu2Q5wxe5YASjtMThQcv
vmq2LD45cFIfNhzgfTu2msoz2Cv613LFiMtHtrfjlbXtSZmFc2FqIbKc
=NjgL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.13-20170404' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-03-03
this is a pull request of 5 patches for net-next/master.
There are two patches by Yegor Yefremov which convert the ti_hecc
driver into a DT only driver, as there is no in-tree user of the old
platform driver interface anymore. The next patch by Mario Kicherer
adds network namespace support to the can subsystem. The last two
patches by Akshay Bhat add support for the holt_hi311x SPI CAN driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define one new macro TCP_MAX_WSCALE instead of literal number '14',
and use U16_MAX instead of 65535 as the max value of TCP window.
There is another minor change, use rounddown(space, mss) instead of
(space / mss) * mss;
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is almost to revert commit 02f3d4ce9e ("sctp: Adjust PMTU
updates to accomodate route invalidation."). As t->asoc can't be NULL
in sctp_transport_update_pmtu, it could get sk from asoc, and no need
to pass sk into that function.
It is also to remove some duplicated codes from that function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases nfc_dbg() is useful. Add such macro to a header.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds initial support for network namespaces. The changes only
enable support in the CAN raw, proc and af_can code. GW and BCM still
have their checks that ensure that they are used only from the main
namespace.
The patch boils down to moving the global structures, i.e. the global
filter list and their /proc stats, into a per-namespace structure and passing
around the corresponding "struct net" in a lot of different places.
Changes since v1:
- rebased on current HEAD (2bfe01e)
- fixed overlong line
Signed-off-by: Mario Kicherer <dev@kicherer.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Make ->hash_count, ->low_watermark and ->high_watermark unsigned int
and propagate unsignedness to other variables.
This change doesn't change code generation because these fields aren't
used in 64-bit contexts but make it anyway: these fields can't be
negative numbers.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow keys aren't 4GB+ numbers so 64-bit arithmetic is excessive.
Space savings (I'm not sure what CSWTCH is):
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 0/-48 (-48)
function old new delta
flow_cache_lookup 1163 1159 -4
CSWTCH 75997 75953 -44
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to move sctp_transport_dst_check into sctp_packet_config
from sctp_packet_transmit and add pathmtu check in sctp_packet_config.
With this fix, sctp can update dst or pathmtu before appending chunks,
which can void dropping packets in sctp_packet_transmit when dst is
obsolete or dst's mtu is changed.
This patch is also to improve some other codes in sctp_packet_config.
It updates packet max_size with gso_max_size, checks for dst and
pathmtu, and appends ecne chunk only when packet is empty and asoc
is not NULL.
It makes sctp flush work better, as we only need to set up them once
for one flush schedule. It's also safe, since asoc is NULL only when
the packet is created by sctp_ootb_pkt_new in which it just gets the
new dst, no need to do more things for it other than set packet with
transport's pathmtu.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before when implementing sctp prsctp, SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS wasn't
added, as it needs to save abandoned_(un)sent for every stream.
After sctp stream reconf is added in sctp, assoc has structure
sctp_stream_out to save per stream info.
This patch is to add SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS by putting the prsctp
per stream statistics into sctp_stream_out.
v1->v2:
fix an indent issue.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems the code does not match the intent.
This broke packetdrill, and probably other programs.
Fixes: 6c7c98bad4 ("sock: avoid dirtying sk_stamp, if possible")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alow users to push down more labels per MPLS encap. Similar to LSR case,
move label array to the end of mpls_iptunnel_encap and allocate based on
the number of labels for the route.
For consistency with the LSR case, re-use the same maximum number of
labels.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce crosschip_bridge_{join,leave} operations in the dsa_switch_ops
structure, which can be used by switches supporting interconnection.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance nl80211 and cfg80211 connect request and response APIs to
support FILS shared key authentication offload. The new nl80211
attributes can be used to provide additional information to the driver
to establish a FILS connection. Also enhance the set/del PMKSA to allow
support for adding and deleting PMKSA based on FILS cache identifier.
Add a new feature flag that drivers can use to advertize support for
FILS shared key authentication and association in station mode when
using their own SME.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the connect event from driver takes all the connection
response parameters as arguments. With support for new features these
response parameters can grow. Use a structure to pass these parameters
rather than passing them as function arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add to documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() unconditionally set sk->sk_stamp for
every packet, even if the SOCK_TIMESTAMP flag is not set in the
related socket.
If selinux is enabled, this cause a cache miss for every packet
since sk->sk_stamp and sk->sk_security share the same cacheline.
With this change sk_stamp is set only if the SOCK_TIMESTAMP
flag is set, and is cleared for the first packet, so that the user
perceived behavior is unchanged.
This gives up to 5% speed-up under udp-flood with small packets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending a msg without asoc established, sctp will send INIT packet
first and then enqueue chunks.
Before receiving INIT_ACK, stream info is not yet alloced. But enqueuing
chunks needs to access stream info, like out stream state and out stream
cnt.
This patch is to fix it by allocing out stream info when initializing an
asoc, allocing in stream and re-allocing out stream when processing init.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Or Gerlitz says:
This series adds support for offloading modifications of packet headers using
ConnectX-5 HW header re-write as an action applied during packet steering.
The offloaded SW mechanism is TC's pedit action. The offloading is
supported for E-Switch steering of VF traffic in the SRIOV
switchdev mode and for NIC (non eswitch) RX.
One use-case for this offload on virtual networks, is when the hypervisor
implements flow based router such as Open-Stack's DVR, where L2 headers
of guest packets re-written with routers' MAC addresses and the IP TTL
is decremented.
Another use case (which can be applied in parallel with routing) is
stateless NAT where guest L3/L4 headers are re-written.
The series is built as follows: the 1st six patches are preperations which
don't yet add new functionality, patches 7-8 add the FW APIs (data-structures
and commands) for header re-write, and patch nine allows offloading driver
to access pedit keys.
The 10th patch is somehow the core of the series, where we translate from
the pedit way to represent set of header modification elements to the FW
API for that same matter.
Once a set of HW modification is established, we register it with the FW
and get a modify header ID. When this ID is used with an action during
packet steering, the HW applies the header modification on the packet.
Patches 11 and 12 implement the above logic as an offload for pedit action
for the NIC and E-Switch use-cases.
I'd like to thanks Elijah Shakkour <elijahs@mellanox.com> for implementing
and helping me testing this functionality on HW simulator, before it could
be done with FW.
- Or.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJY2lwEAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+rFIH+wdwGawEjoDhpihLqJHoRtwo
Wvy88Lczj++Pfzt9E0kgwgmOdnj7j+GVOh6ALjneE3PDBJEFWG/GWY5aRYonlhhf
zibafMTYf+8Dmm9qHW/C4OvhQowSrkG1RDucM2eyjXJfnAShZCh7dV4CDD7paxhu
N2rlDdSEl0Im4aPCNHzyrdGg06Fy3A0DQkDvVLIQhKV0cLPIoC0U/i+ymVtsCUY/
sSEEuSohvwdD5Ga5ZZdKicCo61lIRSi2rX5v4sK0exhAO3S8xyrKnwbiN7nVAQqg
eVZ/ekbBiksD8MRMKctt/zGxd0X4PDaQ8J9XyF9CL6pRC5VipsDy+P/GEhj/x8U=
=l2Qo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-pedit' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Or Gerlitz says:
====================
mlx5e-pedit 2017-03-28
This series adds support for offloading modifications of packet headers using
ConnectX-5 HW header re-write as an action applied during packet steering.
The offloaded SW mechanism is TC's pedit action. The offloading is
supported for E-Switch steering of VF traffic in the SRIOV
switchdev mode and for NIC (non eswitch) RX.
One use-case for this offload on virtual networks, is when the hypervisor
implements flow based router such as Open-Stack's DVR, where L2 headers
of guest packets re-written with routers' MAC addresses and the IP TTL
is decremented.
Another use case (which can be applied in parallel with routing) is
stateless NAT where guest L3/L4 headers are re-written.
The series is built as follows: the 1st six patches are preperations which
don't yet add new functionality, patches 7-8 add the FW APIs (data-structures
and commands) for header re-write, and patch nine allows offloading driver
to access pedit keys.
The 10th patch is somehow the core of the series, where we translate from
the pedit way to represent set of header modification elements to the FW
API for that same matter.
Once a set of HW modification is established, we register it with the FW
and get a modify header ID. When this ID is used with an action during
packet steering, the HW applies the header modification on the packet.
Patches 11 and 12 implement the above logic as an offload for pedit action
for the NIC and E-Switch use-cases.
I'd like to thanks Elijah Shakkour <elijahs@mellanox.com> for implementing
and helping me testing this functionality on HW simulator, before it could
be done with FW.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register the switch and its ports with devlink.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an include loop between netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h because
of NETDEV_ALIGN, making it impossible to use devlink structures in
dsa.h.
Break this loop by taking dsa.h out of netdevice.h, add a forward
declaration of dsa_switch_tree and netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
function, which is what netdevice.h requires.
No longer having dsa.h in netdevice.h means the includes in dsa.h no
longer get included. This breaks a few other files which depend on
these includes. Add these directly in the affected file.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor inet6_netconf_notify_devconf to take the event as an input arg.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for NETDEV_RESEND_IGMP event similar
to how it works for IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David Laight noticed the support for MSG_MORE with datamsg->force_delay
didn't really work as we expected, as the first msg with MSG_MORE set
would always block the following chunks' dequeuing.
This Patch is to rewrite it by saving the MSG_MORE flag into assoc as
David Laight suggested.
asoc->force_delay is used to save MSG_MORE flag before a msg is sent.
All chunks in queue would not be sent out if asoc->force_delay is set
by the msg with MSG_MORE flag, until a new msg without MSG_MORE flag
clears asoc->force_delay.
Note that this change would not affect the flush is generated by other
triggers, like asoc->state != ESTABLISHED, queue size > pmtu etc.
v1->v2:
Not clear asoc->force_delay after sending the msg with MSG_MORE flag.
Fixes: 4ea0c32f5f ("sctp: add support for MSG_MORE")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the
main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is
for changing the counter parameter on specific table.
The basic structures:
Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal
metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared
between drivers. Each driver can add local headers.
Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC
metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped
to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have
internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped
to netdeivce ifindex.
Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific
field or header. The header index should be specified as well
in order to support several header instances of the same type
(tunneling).
Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations
on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc.
And header operation like add and delete.
Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or
action.
Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/
action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets
data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the
packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific
and should be exported in order to provide understanding of
ASICs behavior.
Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is
identified by specific combination of values for match/action.
Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/
field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base
is split between the shared headers and unique headers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW drivers will use the header-type and command fields from the extended
keys, and some fields (e.g mask, val, offset) from the legacy keys.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Split the function into two (a) propose (b) commit phase without
changing the semantics for the original API.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr4_match() code has special test for /0 prefixes because of
standard required undefined behaviour. However, it is possible to omit
it on 64-bit because shifting can be done within a 64-bit register and
then truncated to the expected value (which is 0 mask).
Implicit truncation by htonl() fits nicely into R32-within-R64 model
on x86-64.
Space savings: none (coincidence)
Branch savings: 1
Before:
movzx eax,BYTE PTR [rdi+0x2a] # ->prefixlen_d
test al,al
jne xfrm_selector_match + 0x23f
...
movzx eax,BYTE PTR [rbx+0x2b] # ->prefixlen_s
test al,al
je xfrm_selector_match + 0x1c7
After (no branches):
mov r8d,0x20
mov rdx,0xffffffffffffffff
mov esi,DWORD PTR [rsi+0x2c]
mov ecx,r8d
sub cl,BYTE PTR [rdi+0x2a]
xor esi,DWORD PTR [rbx]
mov rdi,rdx
xor eax,eax
shl rdi,cl
bswap edi
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Move the core functionality in sk_busy_loop() to napi_busy_loop() and
make it independent of sk.
This enables re-using this function in epoll busy loop implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch flips the logic we were using to determine if the busy polling
has timed out. The main motivation for this is that we will need to
support two different possible timeout values in the future and by
recording the start time rather than when we would want to end we can focus
on making the end_time specific to the task be it epoll or socket based
polling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
checking the return value of sk_busy_loop. As there are only a few
consumers of that data, and the data being checked for can be replaced
with a check for !skb_queue_empty() we might as well just pull the code
out of sk_busy_loop and place it in the spots that actually need it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of defining two versions of skb_mark_napi_id I think it is more
readable to just match the format of the sk_mark_napi_id functions and just
wrap the contents of the function instead of defining two versions of the
function. This way we can save a few lines of code since we only need 2 of
the ifdef/endif but needed 5 for the extra function declaration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup/fix for NAPI IDs following the changes that made it
so that sender_cpu and napi_id were doing a better job of sharing the same
location in the sk_buff.
One issue I found is that we weren't validating the napi_id as being valid
before we started trying to setup the busy polling. This change corrects
that by using the MIN_NAPI_ID value that is now used in both allocating the
NAPI IDs, as well as validating them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale could be changed any time, so there
is one race in tcp_win_from_space.
For example,
1.sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale<=0 (sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale is negative now)
2.space>>(-sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale) (sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale is postive now)
As a result, tcp_win_from_space returns 0. It is unexpected.
Certainly if the compiler put the sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale into one
register firstly, then use the register directly, it would be ok.
But we could not depend on the compiler behavior.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain system process significant unconnected UDP workload.
It would be preferrable to disable UDP early demux for those systems
and enable it for TCP only.
By disabling UDP demux, we see these slight gains on an ARM64 system-
782 -> 788Mbps unconnected single stream UDPv4
633 -> 654Mbps unconnected UDPv4 different sources
The performance impact can change based on CPU architecure and cache
sizes. There will not much difference seen if entire UDP hash table
is in cache.
Both sysctls are enabled by default to preserve existing behavior.
v1->v2: Change function pointer instead of adding conditional as
suggested by Stephen.
v2->v3: Read once in callers to avoid issues due to compiler
optimizations. Also update commit message with the tests.
v3->v4: Store and use read once result instead of querying pointer
again incorrectly.
v4->v5: Refactor to avoid errors due to compilation with IPV6={m,n}
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x86_64 is zero-extending arch so "unsigned int" is preferred over "int"
for address calculations and extending to size_t.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 0/-24 (-24)
function old new delta
xfrm_state_walk 708 696 -12
xfrm_selector_match 918 906 -12
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmmii.c
drivers/net/hyperv/netvsc.c
kernel/bpf/hashtab.c
Almost entirely overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows reading of SK_MEMINFO_VARS via socket option. This way an
application can get all meminfo related information in single socket
option call instead of multiple calls.
Adds helper function, sk_get_meminfo(), and uses that for both
getsockopt and sock_diag_put_meminfo().
Suggested by Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_stream_free uses struct sctp_stream as a param, but struct sctp_stream
is defined after it's declaration.
This patch is to declare struct sctp_stream before sctp_stream_free.
Fixes: a83863174a ("sctp: prepare asoc stream for stream reconf")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh notifications today carry pid 0 for nlmsg_pid
in all cases. This patch fixes it to carry calling process
pid when available. Applications (eg. quagga) rely on
nlmsg_pid to ignore notifications generated by their own
netlink operations. This patch follows the routing subsystem
which already sets this correctly.
Reported-by: Vivek Venkatraman <vivek@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As tp->dst_pending_confirm's value can only be set 0 or 1, this
patch is to change to define it as a bit instead of __u32.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for ECMP hash policy choice via a new sysctl
called fib_multipath_hash_policy and also adds support for L4 hashes.
The current values for fib_multipath_hash_policy are:
0 - layer 3 (default)
1 - layer 4
If there's an skb hash already set and it matches the chosen policy then it
will be used instead of being calculated (currently only for L4).
In L3 mode we always calculate the hash due to the ICMP error special
case, the flow dissector's field consistentification should handle the
address order thus we can remove the address reversals.
If the skb is provided we always use it for the hash calculation,
otherwise we fallback to fl4, that is if skb is NULL fl4 has to be set.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow canceling all packets of a connection.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Tao <bergwolf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your
net-next tree. A couple of new features for nf_tables, and unsorted
cleanups and incremental updates for the Netfilter tree. More
specifically, they are:
1) Allow to check for TCP option presence via nft_exthdr, patch
from Phil Sutter.
2) Add symmetric hash support to nft_hash, from Laura Garcia Liebana.
3) Use pr_cont() in ebt_log, from Joe Perches.
4) Remove some dead code in arp_tables reported via static analysis
tool, from Colin Ian King.
5) Consolidate nf_tables expression validation, from Liping Zhang.
6) Consolidate set lookup via nft_set_lookup().
7) Remove unnecessary rcu read lock side in bridge netfilter, from
Florian Westphal.
8) Remove unused variable in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tahee Yoo.
9) Pass nft_ctx struct to object initialization indirections, from
Florian Westphal.
10) Add code to integrate conntrack helper into nf_tables, also from
Florian.
11) Allow to check if interface index or name exists via
NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT, from Phil Sutter.
12) Simplify resolve_normal_ct(), from Florian.
13) Use per-limit spinlock in nft_limit and xt_limit, from Liping Zhang.
14) Use rwlock in nft_set_rbtree set, also from Liping Zhang.
15) One patch to remove a useless printk at netns init path in ipvs,
and several patches to document IPVS knobs.
16) Use refcount_t for reference counter in the Netfilter/IPVS code,
from Elena Reshetova.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API (see include/linux/refcount.h)
should be used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The tcp_tw_recycle was already broken for connections
behind NAT, since the per-destination timestamp is not
monotonically increasing for multiple machines behind
a single destination address.
After the randomization of TCP timestamp offsets
in commit 8a5bd45f6616 (tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets
for each connection), the tcp_tw_recycle is broken for all
types of connections for the same reason: the timestamps
received from a single machine is not monotonically increasing,
anymore.
Remove tcp_tw_recycle, since it is not functional. Also, remove
the PAWSPassive SNMP counter since it is only used for
tcp_tw_recycle, and simplify tcp_v4_route_req and tcp_v6_route_req
since the strict argument is only set when tcp_tw_recycle is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Lutz Vieweg <lvml@5t9.de>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8a5bd45f6616 (tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets for each connection)
randomizes TCP timestamps per connection. After this commit,
there is no guarantee that the timestamps received from the
same destination are monotonically increasing. As a result,
the per-destination timestamp cache in TCP metrics (i.e., tcpm_ts
in struct tcp_metrics_block) is broken and cannot be relied upon.
Remove the per-destination timestamp cache and all related code
paths.
Note that this cache was already broken for caching timestamps of
multiple machines behind a NAT sharing the same address.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Lutz Vieweg <lvml@5t9.de>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a FIB rule is added or removed, a notification is sent in the
FIB notification chain. However, listeners don't have a way to tell
which rule was added or removed.
This is problematic as we would like to give listeners the ability to
decide which action to execute based on the notified rule. Specifically,
offloading drivers should be able to determine if they support the
reflection of the notified FIB rule and flush their LPM tables in case
they don't.
Do that by adding a notifier info to these notifications and embed the
common FIB rule struct in it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when non-default (custom) FIB rules are used, devices capable
of layer 3 offloading flush their tables and let the kernel do the
forwarding instead.
When these devices' drivers are loaded they register to the FIB
notification chain, which lets them know about the existence of any
custom FIB rules. This is done by sending a RULE_ADD notification based
on the value of 'net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_rules'.
This approach is problematic when VRF offload is taken into account, as
upon the creation of the first VRF netdev, a l3mdev rule is programmed
to direct skbs to the VRF's table.
Instead of merely reading the above value and sending a single RULE_ADD
notification, we should iterate over all the FIB rules and send a
detailed notification for each, thereby allowing offloading drivers to
sanitize the rules they don't support and potentially flush their
tables.
While l3mdev rules are uniquely marked, the default rules are not.
Therefore, when they are being notified they might invoke offloading
drivers to unnecessarily flush their tables.
Solve this by adding an helper to check if a FIB rule is a default rule.
Namely, its selector should match all packets and its action should
point to the local, main or default tables.
As noted by David Ahern, uniquely marking the default rules is
insufficient. When using VRFs, it's common to avoid false hits by moving
the rule for the local table to just before the main table:
Default configuration:
$ ip rule show
0: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
Common configuration with VRFs:
$ ip rule show
1000: from all lookup [l3mdev-table]
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DSA switch driver cannot program an ageing time value due to it
being out-of-range, switchdev will raise a stack trace before failing.
To fix this, add ageing_time_min and ageing_time_max members to the
dsa_switch in order for the switch drivers to optionally specify their
supported ageing time limits.
The DSA core will now check for provided ageing time limits and return
-ERANGE from the switchdev prepare phase if the value is out-of-range.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree, a
rather large batch of fixes targeted to nf_tables, conntrack and bridge
netfilter. More specifically, they are:
1) Don't track fragmented packets if the socket option IP_NODEFRAG is set.
From Florian Westphal.
2) SCTP protocol tracker assumes that ICMP error messages contain the
checksum field, what results in packet drops. From Ying Xue.
3) Fix inconsistent handling of AH traffic from nf_tables.
4) Fix new bitmap set representation with big endian. Fix mismatches in
nf_tables due to incorrect big endian handling too. Both patches
from Liping Zhang.
5) Bridge netfilter doesn't honor maximum fragment size field, cap to
largest fragment seen. From Florian Westphal.
6) Fake conntrack entry needs to be aligned to 8 bytes since the 3 LSB
bits are now used to store the ctinfo. From Steven Rostedt.
7) Fix element comments with the bitmap set type. Revert the flush
field in the nft_set_iter structure, not required anymore after
fixing up element comments.
8) Missing error on invalid conntrack direction from nft_ct, also from
Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c
net/core/sock.c
Conflicts were overlapping changes in bcmgenet and the
lockdep handling of sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Ensure that mtu is at least IPV6_MIN_MTU in ipv6 VTI tunnel driver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Fix crashes when user tries to get_next_key on an LPM bpf map, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Fix detection of VLAN fitlering feature for bnx2x VF devices, from
Michal Schmidt.
4) We can get a divide by zero when TCP socket are morphed into
listening state, fix from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix socket refcounting bugs in skb_complete_wifi_ack() and
skb_complete_tx_timestamp(). From Eric Dumazet.
6) Use after free in dccp_feat_activate_values(), also from Eric
Dumazet.
7) Like bonding team needs to use ETH_MAX_MTU as netdev->max_mtu, from
Jarod Wilson.
8) Fix use after free in vrf_xmit(), from David Ahern.
9) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on IPComp ipsec packets, from
Alexey Kodanev.
10) Properly check napi_complete_done() return value in order to decide
whether to re-enable IRQs or not in amd-xgbe driver, from Thomas
Lendacky.
11) Fix double free of hwmon device in marvell phy driver, from Andrew
Lunn.
12) Don't crash on malformed netlink attributes in act_connmark, from
Etienne Noss.
13) Don't remove routes with a higher metric in ipv6 ECMP route replace,
from Sabrina Dubroca.
14) Don't write into a cloned SKB in ipv6 fragmentation handling, from
Florian Westphal.
15) Fix routing redirect races in dccp and tcp, basically the ICMP
handler can't modify the socket's cached route in it's locked by the
user at this moment. From Jon Maxwell.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (108 commits)
qed: Enable iSCSI Out-of-Order
qed: Correct out-of-bound access in OOO history
qed: Fix interrupt flags on Rx LL2
qed: Free previous connections when releasing iSCSI
qed: Fix mapping leak on LL2 rx flow
qed: Prevent creation of too-big u32-chains
qed: Align CIDs according to DORQ requirement
mlxsw: reg: Fix SPVMLR max record count
mlxsw: reg: Fix SPVM max record count
net: Resend IGMP memberships upon peer notification.
dccp: fix memory leak during tear-down of unsuccessful connection request
tun: fix premature POLLOUT notification on tun devices
dccp/tcp: fix routing redirect race
ucc/hdlc: fix two little issue
vxlan: fix ovs support
net: use net->count to check whether a netns is alive or not
bridge: drop netfilter fake rtable unconditionally
ipv6: avoid write to a possibly cloned skb
net: wimax/i2400m: fix NULL-deref at probe
isdn/gigaset: fix NULL-deref at probe
...
Allow TTL propagation from IP packets to MPLS packets to be
configured. Add a new optional LWT attribute, MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL, which
allows the TTL to be set in the resulting MPLS packet, with the value
of 0 having the semantics of enabling propagation of the TTL from the
IP header (i.e. non-zero values disable propagation).
Also allow the configuration to be overridden globally by reusing the
same sysctl to control whether the TTL is propagated from IP packets
into the MPLS header. If the per-LWT attribute is set then it
overrides the global configuration. If the TTL isn't propagated then a
default TTL value is used which can be configured via a new sysctl,
"net.mpls.default_ttl". This is kept separate from the configuration
of whether IP TTL propagation is enabled as it can be used in the
future when non-IP payloads are supported (i.e. where there is no
payload TTL that can be propagated).
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL
value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when
the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443
through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to
mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation.
In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets
arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy
way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without
having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done
through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl,
"net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the
per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it
overrides the global configuration.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1f48ff6c53.
This patch is not required anymore now that we keep a dummy list of
set elements in the bitmap set implementation, so revert this before
we forget this code has no clients.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of the actual interface index or name, set destination register
to just 1 or 0 depending on whether the lookup succeeded or not if
NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT was set in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
this is needed by the upcoming ct helper object type --
we'd like to be able use the table family (ip, ip6, inet) to figure
out which helper has to be requested.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since the nfct and nfctinfo have been combined, the nf_conn structure
must be at least 8 bytes aligned, as the 3 LSB bits are used for the
nfctinfo. But there's a fake nf_conn structure to denote untracked
connections, which is created by a PER_CPU construct. This does not
guarantee that it will be 8 bytes aligned and can break the logic in
determining the correct nfctinfo.
I triggered this on a 32bit machine with the following error:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 00000af4
IP: nf_ct_deliver_cached_events+0x1b/0xfb
*pdpt = 0000000031962001 *pde = 0000000000000000
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[Modules linked in: ip6t_REJECT nf_reject_ipv6 nf_conntrack_ipv6 nf_defrag_ipv6 ip6table_filter ip6_tables ipv6 crc_ccitt ppdev r8169 parport_pc parport
OK ]
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.10.0-test+ #75
Hardware name: MSI MS-7823/CSM-H87M-G43 (MS-7823), BIOS V1.6 02/22/2014
task: c126ec00 task.stack: c1258000
EIP: nf_ct_deliver_cached_events+0x1b/0xfb
EFLAGS: 00010202 CPU: 0
EAX: 0021cd01 EBX: 00000000 ECX: 27b0c767 EDX: 32bcb17a
ESI: f34135c0 EDI: f34135c0 EBP: f2debd60 ESP: f2debd3c
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0000 SS: 0068
CR0: 80050033 CR2: 00000af4 CR3: 309a0440 CR4: 001406f0
Call Trace:
<SOFTIRQ>
? ipv6_skip_exthdr+0xac/0xcb
ipv6_confirm+0x10c/0x119 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
nf_hook_slow+0x22/0xc7
nf_hook+0x9a/0xad [ipv6]
? ip6t_do_table+0x356/0x379 [ip6_tables]
? ip6_fragment+0x9e9/0x9e9 [ipv6]
ip6_output+0xee/0x107 [ipv6]
? ip6_fragment+0x9e9/0x9e9 [ipv6]
dst_output+0x36/0x4d [ipv6]
NF_HOOK.constprop.37+0xb2/0xba [ipv6]
? icmp6_dst_alloc+0x2c/0xfd [ipv6]
? local_bh_enable+0x14/0x14 [ipv6]
mld_sendpack+0x1c5/0x281 [ipv6]
? mark_held_locks+0x40/0x5c
mld_ifc_timer_expire+0x1f6/0x21e [ipv6]
call_timer_fn+0x135/0x283
? detach_if_pending+0x55/0x55
? mld_dad_timer_expire+0x3e/0x3e [ipv6]
__run_timers+0x111/0x14b
? mld_dad_timer_expire+0x3e/0x3e [ipv6]
run_timer_softirq+0x1c/0x36
__do_softirq+0x185/0x37c
? test_ti_thread_flag.constprop.19+0xd/0xd
do_softirq_own_stack+0x22/0x28
</SOFTIRQ>
irq_exit+0x5a/0xa4
smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x2a/0x34
apic_timer_interrupt+0x37/0x3c
By using DEFINE/DECLARE_PER_CPU_ALIGNED we can enforce at least 8 byte
alignment as all cache line sizes are at least 8 bytes or more.
Fixes: a9e419dc7b ("netfilter: merge ctinfo into nfct pointer storage area")
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, there are two different methods to store an u16 integer to
the u32 data register. For example:
u32 *dest = ®s->data[priv->dreg];
1. *dest = 0; *(u16 *) dest = val_u16;
2. *dest = val_u16;
For method 1, the u16 value will be stored like this, either in
big-endian or little-endian system:
0 15 31
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Value | 0 |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
For method 2, in little-endian system, the u16 value will be the same
as listed above. But in big-endian system, the u16 value will be stored
like this:
0 15 31
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| 0 | Value |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
So later we use "memcmp(®s->data[priv->sreg], data, 2);" to do
compare in nft_cmp, nft_lookup expr ..., method 2 will get the wrong
result in big-endian system, as 0~15 bits will always be zero.
For the similar reason, when loading an u16 value from the u32 data
register, we should use "*(u16 *) sreg;" instead of "(u16)*sreg;",
the 2nd method will get the wrong value in the big-endian system.
So introduce some wrapper functions to store/load an u8 or u16
integer to/from the u32 data register, and use them in the right
place.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce a dsa_is_normal_port helper to check if a given port is a
normal user port as opposed to a CPU port or DSA link.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the
Re-configuration Response Parameter in rfc6525 section 5.2.7.
sctp_process_strreset_resp would process the response for any
kind of reconf request, and the stream reconf is applied only
when the response result is success.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Add Incoming
Streams Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.6.
It is also to fix that it shouldn't have add streams when sending addstrm
in request, as the process in peer will handle it by sending a addstrm out
request back.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Receiver-Side Procedures for the Add Outgoing
Streams Request Parameter described in section 5.2.5.
It is also to improve sctp_chunk_lookup_strreset_param, so that it
can be used for processing addstrm_out request.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Stream Change Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.3.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the SSN/TSN
Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 6.2.4.
The process is kind of complicate, it's wonth having some comments
from section 6.2.4 in the codes.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Association Reset Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.2.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original reason [1] for having hidden qdiscs (potential scalability
issues in qdisc_match_from_root() with single linked list in case of large
amount of qdiscs) has been invalidated by 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched: convert
qdisc linked list to hashtable").
This allows us for bringing more clarity and determinism into the dump by
making default pfifo qdiscs visible.
We're not turning this on by default though, at it was deemed [2] too
intrusive / unnecessary change of default behavior towards userspace.
Instead, TCA_DUMP_INVISIBLE netlink attribute is introduced, which allows
applications to request complete qdisc hierarchy dump, including the
ones that have always been implicit/invisible.
Singleton noop_qdisc stays invisible, as teaching the whole infrastructure
about singletons would require quite some surgery with very little gain
(seeing no qdisc or seeing noop qdisc in the dump is probably setting
the same user expectation).
[1] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1460732328.10638.74.camel@edumazet-glaptop3.roam.corp.google.com
[2] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161021.105935.1907696543877061916.davem@davemloft.net
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We always pass the same event type to fib_notify() and
fib_rules_notify(), so we can safely drop this argument.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the code concerned with the FIB notification chain currently
resides in fib_trie.c, but this isn't really appropriate, as the FIB
notification chain is also used for FIB rules.
Therefore, it makes sense to move the common FIB notification code to a
separate file and have it export the relevant functions, which can be
invoked by its different users (e.g., fib_trie.c, fib_rules.c).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add VLAN action offloading. Invoke it from Spectrum flower handler for
"vlan modify" actions.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions that are returning tcp sequence number also setup
TS offset value, so rename them to better describe their purpose.
No functional changes in this patch.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lockdep issues a circular dependency warning when AFS issues an operation
through AF_RXRPC from a context in which the VFS/VM holds the mmap_sem.
The theory lockdep comes up with is as follows:
(1) If the pagefault handler decides it needs to read pages from AFS, it
calls AFS with mmap_sem held and AFS begins an AF_RXRPC call, but
creating a call requires the socket lock:
mmap_sem must be taken before sk_lock-AF_RXRPC
(2) afs_open_socket() opens an AF_RXRPC socket and binds it. rxrpc_bind()
binds the underlying UDP socket whilst holding its socket lock.
inet_bind() takes its own socket lock:
sk_lock-AF_RXRPC must be taken before sk_lock-AF_INET
(3) Reading from a TCP socket into a userspace buffer might cause a fault
and thus cause the kernel to take the mmap_sem, but the TCP socket is
locked whilst doing this:
sk_lock-AF_INET must be taken before mmap_sem
However, lockdep's theory is wrong in this instance because it deals only
with lock classes and not individual locks. The AF_INET lock in (2) isn't
really equivalent to the AF_INET lock in (3) as the former deals with a
socket entirely internal to the kernel that never sees userspace. This is
a limitation in the design of lockdep.
Fix the general case by:
(1) Double up all the locking keys used in sockets so that one set are
used if the socket is created by userspace and the other set is used
if the socket is created by the kernel.
(2) Store the kern parameter passed to sk_alloc() in a variable in the
sock struct (sk_kern_sock). This informs sock_lock_init(),
sock_init_data() and sk_clone_lock() as to the lock keys to be used.
Note that the child created by sk_clone_lock() inherits the parent's
kern setting.
(3) Add a 'kern' parameter to ->accept() that is analogous to the one
passed in to ->create() that distinguishes whether kernel_accept() or
sys_accept4() was the caller and can be passed to sk_alloc().
Note that a lot of accept functions merely dequeue an already
allocated socket. I haven't touched these as the new socket already
exists before we get the parameter.
Note also that there are a couple of places where I've made the accepted
socket unconditionally kernel-based:
irda_accept()
rds_rcp_accept_one()
tcp_accept_from_sock()
because they follow a sock_create_kern() and accept off of that.
Whilst creating this, I noticed that lustre and ocfs don't create sockets
through sock_create_kern() and thus they aren't marked as for-kernel,
though they appear to be internal. I wonder if these should do that so
that they use the new set of lock keys.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
overide||override
While we are here, fix the doubled "address" in the touched line
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt.
Also, fix the comment block style in the touched hunks in
drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_driver.h.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-21-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__sk_dst_set() must be called while we own the socket.
We can get proper lockdep coverage using lockdep_sock_is_held()
and rcu_dereference_protected()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phil Sutter reports that IPv6 AH header matching is broken. From
userspace, nft generates bytecode that expects to find the AH header at
NFT_PAYLOAD_TRANSPORT_HEADER both for IPv4 and IPv6. However,
pktinfo->thoff is set to the inner header after the AH header in IPv6,
while in IPv4 pktinfo->thoff points to the AH header indeed. This
behaviour is inconsistent. This patch fixes this problem by updating
ipv6_find_hdr() to get the IP6_FH_F_AUTH flag so this function stops at
the AH header, so both IPv4 and IPv6 pktinfo->thoff point to the AH
header.
This is also inconsistent when trying to match encapsulated headers:
1) A packet that looks like IPv4 + AH + TCP dport 22 will *not* match.
2) A packet that looks like IPv6 + AH + TCP dport 22 will match.
Reported-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This new function consolidates set lookup via either name or ID by
introducing a new nft_set_lookup() function. Replace existing spots
where we can use this too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Support .set_cqm_rssi_range_config if the beacons are available for
processing in mac80211. There's no reason that this couldn't be
offloaded by mac80211-based drivers but there's no driver method for
that added in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the SET CQM command's RSSI threshold attribute to accept any
number of thresholds as a sorted array. The API should be backwards
compatible so that if one s32 threshold value is passed, the old
mechanism is enabled. The netlink event generated is the same in both
cases.
cfg80211 handles an arbitrary number of RSSI thresholds but drivers have
to provide a method (set_cqm_rssi_range_config) that configures a range
set by a high and a low value. Drivers have to call back when the RSSI
goes out of that range and there's no additional event for each time the
range is reconfigured as there was with the current one-threshold API.
This method doesn't have a hysteresis parameter because there's no
benefit to the cfg80211 code from having the hysteresis be handled by
hardware/driver in terms of the number of wakeups. At the same time
it would likely be less consistent between drivers if offloaded or
done in the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix double-free in batman-adv, from Sven Eckelmann.
2) Fix packet stats for fast-RX path, from Joannes Berg.
3) Netfilter's ip_route_me_harder() doesn't handle request sockets
properly, fix from Florian Westphal.
4) Fix sendmsg deadlock in rxrpc, from David Howells.
5) Add missing RCU locking to transport hashtable scan, from Xin Long.
6) Fix potential packet loss in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
7) Fix race in NAPI handling between poll handlers and busy polling,
from Eric Dumazet.
8) TX path in vxlan and geneve need proper RCU locking, from Jakub
Kicinski.
9) SYN processing in DCCP and TCP need to disable BH, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Properly handle net_enable_timestamp() being invoked from IRQ
context, also from Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix crash on device-tree systems in xgene driver, from Alban Bedel.
12) Do not call sk_free() on a locked socket, from Arnaldo Carvalho de
Melo.
13) Fix use-after-free in netvsc driver, from Dexuan Cui.
14) Fix max MTU setting in bonding driver, from WANG Cong.
15) xen-netback hash table can be allocated from softirq context, so use
GFP_ATOMIC. From Anoob Soman.
16) Fix MAC address change bug in bgmac driver, from Hari Vyas.
17) strparser needs to destroy strp_wq on module exit, from WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
strparser: destroy workqueue on module exit
sfc: fix IPID endianness in TSOv2
sfc: avoid max() in array size
rds: remove unnecessary returned value check
rxrpc: Fix potential NULL-pointer exception
nfp: correct DMA direction in XDP DMA sync
nfp: don't tell FW about the reserved buffer space
net: ethernet: bgmac: mac address change bug
net: ethernet: bgmac: init sequence bug
xen-netback: don't vfree() queues under spinlock
xen-netback: keep a local pointer for vif in backend_disconnect()
netfilter: nf_tables: don't call nfnetlink_set_err() if nfnetlink_send() fails
netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: incorrect assumption on lower interval lookups
netfilter: nf_conntrack_sip: fix wrong memory initialisation
can: flexcan: fix typo in comment
can: usb_8dev: Fix memory leak of priv->cmd_msg_buffer
can: gs_usb: fix coding style
can: gs_usb: Don't use stack memory for USB transfers
ixgbe: Limit use of 2K buffers on architectures with 256B or larger cache lines
ixgbe: update the rss key on h/w, when ethtool ask for it
...
Pull misc final vfs updates from Al Viro:
"A few unrelated patches that got beating in -next.
Everything else will have to go into the next window ;-/"
* 'work.misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
hfs: fix hfs_readdir()
selftest for default_file_splice_read() infoleak
9p: constify ->d_name handling
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Missing check for full sock in ip_route_me_harder(), from
Florian Westphal.
2) Incorrect sip helper structure initilization that breaks it when
several ports are used, from Christophe Leroy.
3) Fix incorrect assumption when looking up for matching with adjacent
intervals in the nft_set_rbtree.
4) Fix broken netlink event error reporting in nf_tables that results
in misleading ESRCH errors propagated to userspace listeners.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The underlying nlmsg_multicast() already sets sk->sk_err for us to
notify socket overruns, so we should not do anything with this return
value. So we just call nfnetlink_set_err() if:
1) We fail to allocate the netlink message.
or
2) We don't have enough space in the netlink message to place attributes,
which means that we likely need to allocate a larger message.
Before this patch, the internal ESRCH netlink error code was propagated
to userspace, which is quite misleading. Netlink semantics mandate that
listeners just hit ENOBUFS if the socket buffer overruns.
Reported-by: Alexander Alemayhu <alexander@alemayhu.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Alemayhu <alexander@alemayhu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When handling problems in cloning a socket with the sk_clone_locked()
function we need to perform several steps that were open coded in it and
its callers, so introduce a routine to avoid this duplication:
sk_free_unlock_clone().
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/net-ui6laqkotycunhtmqryl9bfx@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't actually need the full rculist.h header in sched.h anymore,
we will be able to include the smaller rcupdate.h header instead.
But first update code that relied on the implicit header inclusion.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Fix up affected files that include this signal functionality via sched.h.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.
Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
We are going to split <linux/sched/clock.h> out of <linux/sched.h>, which
will have to be picked up from other headers and .c files.
Create a trivial placeholder <linux/sched/clock.h> file that just
maps to <linux/sched.h> to make this patch obviously correct and
bisectable.
Include the new header in the files that are going to need it.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
disassocation||disassociation
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-27-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
an user||a user
an userspace||a userspace
I also added "userspace" to the list since it is a common word in Linux.
I found some instances for "an userfaultfd", but I did not add it to the
list. I felt it is endless to find words that start with "user" such as
"userland" etc., so must draw a line somewhere.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-4-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support TX_RING in AF_PACKET TPACKET_V3 mode, from Sowmini
Varadhan.
2) Simplify classifier state on sk_buff in order to shrink it a bit.
From Willem de Bruijn.
3) Introduce SIPHASH and it's usage for secure sequence numbers and
syncookies. From Jason A. Donenfeld.
4) Reduce CPU usage for ICMP replies we are going to limit or
suppress, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
5) Introduce Shared Memory Communications socket layer, from Ursula
Braun.
6) Add RACK loss detection and allow it to actually trigger fast
recovery instead of just assisting after other algorithms have
triggered it. From Yuchung Cheng.
7) Add xmit_more and BQL support to mvneta driver, from Simon Guinot.
8) skb_cow_data avoidance in esp4 and esp6, from Steffen Klassert.
9) Export MPLS packet stats via netlink, from Robert Shearman.
10) Significantly improve inet port bind conflict handling, especially
when an application is restarted and changes it's setting of
reuseport. From Josef Bacik.
11) Implement TX batching in vhost_net, from Jason Wang.
12) Extend the dummy device so that VF (virtual function) features,
such as configuration, can be more easily tested. From Phil
Sutter.
13) Avoid two atomic ops per page on x86 in bnx2x driver, from Eric
Dumazet.
14) Add new bpf MAP, implementing a longest prefix match trie. From
Daniel Mack.
15) Packet sample offloading support in mlxsw driver, from Yotam Gigi.
16) Add new aquantia driver, from David VomLehn.
17) Add bpf tracepoints, from Daniel Borkmann.
18) Add support for port mirroring to b53 and bcm_sf2 drivers, from
Florian Fainelli.
19) Remove custom busy polling in many drivers, it is done in the core
networking since 4.5 times. From Eric Dumazet.
20) Support XDP adjust_head in virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
21) Fix several major holes in neighbour entry confirmation, from
Julian Anastasov.
22) Add XDP support to bnxt_en driver, from Michael Chan.
23) VXLAN offloads for enic driver, from Govindarajulu Varadarajan.
24) Add IPVTAP driver (IP-VLAN based tap driver) from Sainath Grandhi.
25) Support GRO in IPSEC protocols, from Steffen Klassert"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1764 commits)
Revert "ath10k: Search SMBIOS for OEM board file extension"
net: socket: fix recvmmsg not returning error from sock_error
bnxt_en: use eth_hw_addr_random()
bpf: fix unlocking of jited image when module ronx not set
arch: add ARCH_HAS_SET_MEMORY config
net: napi_watchdog() can use napi_schedule_irqoff()
tcp: Revert "tcp: tcp_probe: use spin_lock_bh()"
net/hsr: use eth_hw_addr_random()
net: mvpp2: enable building on 64-bit platforms
net: mvpp2: switch to build_skb() in the RX path
net: mvpp2: simplify MVPP2_PRS_RI_* definitions
net: mvpp2: fix indentation of MVPP2_EXT_GLOBAL_CTRL_DEFAULT
net: mvpp2: remove unused register definitions
net: mvpp2: simplify mvpp2_bm_bufs_add()
net: mvpp2: drop useless fields in mvpp2_bm_pool and related code
net: mvpp2: remove unused 'tx_skb' field of 'struct mvpp2_tx_queue'
net: mvpp2: release reference to txq_cpu[] entry after unmapping
net: mvpp2: handle too large value in mvpp2_rx_time_coal_set()
net: mvpp2: handle too large value handling in mvpp2_rx_pkts_coal_set()
net: mvpp2: remove useless arguments in mvpp2_rx_{pkts, time}_coal_set
...
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle were:
- Implement wraparound-safe refcount_t and kref_t types based on
generic atomic primitives (Peter Zijlstra)
- Improve and fix the ww_mutex code (Nicolai Hähnle)
- Add self-tests to the ww_mutex code (Chris Wilson)
- Optimize percpu-rwsems with the 'rcuwait' mechanism (Davidlohr
Bueso)
- Micro-optimize the current-task logic all around the core kernel
(Davidlohr Bueso)
- Tidy up after recent optimizations: remove stale code and APIs,
clean up the code (Waiman Long)
- ... plus misc fixes, updates and cleanups"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (50 commits)
fork: Fix task_struct alignment
locking/spinlock/debug: Remove spinlock lockup detection code
lockdep: Fix incorrect condition to print bug msgs for MAX_LOCKDEP_CHAIN_HLOCKS
lkdtm: Convert to refcount_t testing
kref: Implement 'struct kref' using refcount_t
refcount_t: Introduce a special purpose refcount type
sched/wake_q: Clarify queue reinit comment
sched/wait, rcuwait: Fix typo in comment
locking/mutex: Fix lockdep_assert_held() fail
locking/rtmutex: Flip unlikely() branch to likely() in __rt_mutex_slowlock()
locking/rwsem: Reinit wake_q after use
locking/rwsem: Remove unnecessary atomic_long_t casts
jump_labels: Move header guard #endif down where it belongs
locking/atomic, kref: Implement kref_put_lock()
locking/ww_mutex: Turn off __must_check for now
locking/atomic, kref: Avoid more abuse
locking/atomic, kref: Use kref_get_unless_zero() more
locking/atomic, kref: Kill kref_sub()
locking/atomic, kref: Add kref_read()
locking/atomic, kref: Add KREF_INIT()
...
This patch is to add support for MSG_MORE on sctp.
It adds force_delay in sctp_datamsg to save MSG_MORE, and sets it after
creating datamsg according to the send flag. sctp_packet_can_append_data
then uses it to decide if the chunks of this msg will be sent at once or
delay it.
Note that unlike [1], this patch saves MSG_MORE in datamsg, instead of
in assoc. As sctp enqueues the chunks first, then dequeue them one by
one. If it's saved in assoc,the current msg's send flag (MSG_MORE) may
affect other chunks' bundling.
Since last patch, sctp flush out queue once assoc state falls into
SHUTDOWN_PENDING, the close block problem mentioned in [1] has been
solved as well.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/372404/
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when sending a packet, sctp_transport_dst_check will check if dst
is obsolete by calling ipv4/ip6_dst_check. But they return obsolete
only when adding a new cache, after that when the cache's pmtu is
updated again, it will not trigger transport->dst/pmtu's update.
It can be reproduced by reducing route's pmtu twice. At the 1st time
client will add a new cache, and transport->pathmtu gets updated as
sctp_transport_dst_check finds it's obsolete. But at the 2nd time,
cache's mtu is updated, sctp client will never send out any packet,
because transport->pmtu has no chance to update.
This patch is to fix this by also checking if transport pmtu is dst
mtu in sctp_transport_dst_check, so that transport->pmtu can be
updated on time.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add reconf chunk event based on the sctp event
frame in rx path, it will call sctp_sf_do_reconf to process the
reconf chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a function to process the incoming reconf chunk,
in which it verifies the chunk, and traverses the param and process
it with the right function one by one.
sctp_sf_do_reconf would be the process function of reconf chunk event.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a function sctp_verify_reconf to do some length
check and multi-params check for sctp stream reconf according to rfc6525
section 3.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Incoming
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.3.
It's also to move str_list endian conversion out of sctp_make_strreset_req,
so that sctp_make_strreset_req can be used more conveniently to process
inreq.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Outgoing
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.2.
Note that some checks must be after request_seq check, as even those
checks fail, strreset_inseq still has to be increase by 1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Stream Reset Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define Re-configuration Response Parameter described
in rfc6525 section 4.4. As optional fields are only for SSN/TSN Reset
Request Parameter, it uses another function to make that.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is no way of querying whether a filter is
offloaded to HW or not when using "both" policy (where none
of skip_sw or skip_hw flags are set by user-space).
Add two new flags, "in hw" and "not in hw" such that user
space can determine if a filter is actually offloaded to
hw or not. The "in hw" UAPI semantics was chosen so it's
similar to the "skip hw" flag logic.
If none of these two flags are set, this signals running
over older kernel.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-02-16
1) Make struct xfrm_input_afinfo const, nothing writes to it.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Remove all places that write to the afinfo policy backend
and make the struct const then.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Prepare for packet consuming gro callbacks and add
ESP GRO handlers. ESP packets can be decapsulated
at the GRO layer then. It saves a round through
the stack for each ESP packet.
Please note that this has a merge coflict between commit
63fca65d08 ("net: add confirm_neigh method to dst_ops")
from net-next and
3d7d25a68e ("xfrm: policy: remove garbage_collect callback")
a2817d8b27 ("xfrm: policy: remove family field")
from ipsec-next.
The conflict can be solved as it is done in linux-next.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes broken build for !NET_CLS:
net/built-in.o: In function `fq_codel_destroy':
/home/sab/linux/net-next/net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:468: undefined reference to `tcf_destroy_chain'
Fixes: cf1facda2f ("sched: move tcf_proto_destroy and tcf_destroy_chain helpers into cls_api")
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO ifrastructure and callbacks for ESP on
ipv4 and ipv6.
In case the GRO layer detects an ESP packet, the
esp{4,6}_gro_receive() function does a xfrm state lookup
and calls the xfrm input layer if it finds a matching state.
The packet will be decapsulated and reinjected it into layer 2.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We need to keep per packet offloading informations across
the layers. So we extend the sec_path to carry these for
the input and output offload codepath.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add a new helper to set the secpath to the skb.
This avoids code duplication, as this is used
in multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Commit 79e7fff47b ("net: remove support for per driver
ndo_busy_poll()") made them obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, most relevantly they are:
1) Extend nft_exthdr to allow to match TCP options bitfields, from
Manuel Messner.
2) Allow to check if IPv6 extension header is present in nf_tables,
from Phil Sutter.
3) Allow to set and match conntrack zone in nf_tables, patches from
Florian Westphal.
4) Several patches for the nf_tables set infrastructure, this includes
cleanup and preparatory patches to add the new bitmap set type.
5) Add optional ruleset generation ID check to nf_tables and allow to
delete rules that got no public handle yet via NFTA_RULE_ID. These
patches add the missing kernel infrastructure to support rule
deletion by description from userspace.
6) Missing NFT_SET_OBJECT flag to select the right backend when sets
stores an object map.
7) A couple of cleanups for the expectation and SIP helper, from Gao
feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new attribute allows us to uniquely identify a rule in transaction.
Robots may trigger an insertion followed by deletion in a batch, in that
scenario we still don't have a public rule handle that we can use to
delete the rule. This is similar to the NFTA_SET_ID attribute that
allows us to refer to an anonymous set from a batch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After the dst->pending_confirm flag was removed, we do not
need anymore to provide dst arg to dst_neigh_output.
So, rename it to neigh_output as before commit 5110effee8
("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.").
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
* some documentation fixes
* pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
* remove unused rfkill-regulator
* various other cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=sqkq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-02-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some more updates:
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
* some documentation fixes
* pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
* remove unused rfkill-regulator
* various other cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Including phy.h and phy_fixed.h into net/dsa.h causes phy*.h to be an
unnecessary dependency for quite a large amount of the kernel. There's
very little which actually requires definitions from phy.h in net/dsa.h
- the include itself only wants the declaration of a couple of
structures and IFNAMSIZ.
Add linux/if.h for IFNAMSIZ, declarations for the structures, phy.h to
mv88e6xxx.h as it needs it for phy_interface_t, and remove both phy.h
and phy_fixed.h from net/dsa.h.
This patch reduces from around 800 files rebuilt to around 40 - even
with ccache, the time difference is noticable.
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This command could be useful to inc/dec fields.
For example, to forward any TCP packet and decrease its TTL:
$ tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower ip_proto tcp \
action pedit munge ip ttl add 0xff pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev veth0
In the example above, adding 0xff to this u8 field is actually
decreasing it by one, since the operation is masked.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend pedit to enable the user setting offset relative to network
headers. This change would enable to work with more complex header
schemes (vs the simple IPv4 case) where setting a fixed offset relative
to the network header is not enough.
After this patch, the action has information about the exact header type
and field inside this header. This information could be used later on
for hardware offloading of pedit.
Backward compatibility was being kept:
1. Old kernel <-> new userspace
2. New kernel <-> old userspace
3. add rule using new userspace <-> dump using old userspace
4. add rule using old userspace <-> dump using new userspace
When using the extended api, new netlink attributes are being used. This
way, operation will fail in (1) and (3) - and no malformed rule be added
or dumped. Of course, new user space that doesn't need the new
functionality can use the old netlink attributes and operation will
succeed.
Since action can support both api's, (2) should work, and it is easy to
write the new user space to have (4) work.
The action is having a strict check that only header types and commands
it can handle are accepted. This way future additions will be much
easier.
Usage example:
$ tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto tcp \
dst_port 80 \
action pedit munge tcp dport set 8080 pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev veth0
Will forward tcp port whose original dest port is 80, while modifying
the destination port to 8080.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload the mc router ports list, whenever it is being changed.
It is done because in some cases mc packets needs to be flooded to all
the ports in this list.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload multicast disabled flag, for more accurate mc flood behavior:
When it is on, the mdb should be ignored.
When it is off, unregistered mc packets should be flooded to mc router
ports.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creation is done in this file, move destruction to be at the same place.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function destroys TC filter protocol, not TC filter. So name it
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB notification chain currently uses the NLM_F_{REPLACE,APPEND}
flags to signal routes being replaced or appended.
Instead of using netlink flags for in-kernel notifications we can simply
introduce two new events in the FIB notification chain. This has the
added advantage of making the API cleaner, thereby making it clear that
these events should be supported by listeners of the notification chain.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Sender-Side Procedures for the Add
Outgoing and Incoming Streams Request Parameter described in
rfc6525 section 5.1.5-5.1.6.
It is also to add sockopt SCTP_ADD_STREAMS in rfc6525 section
6.3.4 for users.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define Add Incoming/Outgoing Streams Request
Parameter described in rfc6525 section 4.5 and 4.6. They can
be in one same chunk trunk as rfc6525 section 3.1-7 describes,
so make them in one function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Sender-Side Procedures for the SSN/TSN
Reset Request Parameter descibed in rfc6525 section 5.1.4.
It is also to add sockopt SCTP_RESET_ASSOC in rfc6525 section 6.3.3
for users.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define SSN/TSN Reset Request Parameter described
in rfc6525 section 4.3.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense.
The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the
default bit and other bits are set at the same time.
To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy
configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported.
This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on
which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements
to "bands", to make things clearer.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only needed it to register the policy backend at init time.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Just call xfrm_garbage_collect_deferred() directly.
This gets rid of a write to afinfo in register/unregister and allows to
constify afinfo later on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Nothing checks the return value. Also, the errors returned on unregister
are impossible (we only support INET and INET6, so no way
xfrm_policy_afinfo[afinfo->family] can be anything other than 'afinfo'
itself).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Nothing writes to these structures (the module owner was not used).
While at it, size xfrm_input_afinfo[] by the highest existing xfrm family
(INET6), not AF_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When a multipath route is hit the kernel doesn't consider nexthops that
are DEAD or LINKDOWN when IN_DEV_IGNORE_ROUTES_WITH_LINKDOWN is set.
Devices that offload multipath routes need to be made aware of nexthop
status changes. Otherwise, the device will keep forwarding packets to
non-functional nexthops.
Add the FIB_EVENT_NH_{ADD,DEL} events to the fib notification chain,
which notify capable devices when they should add or delete a nexthop
from their tables.
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have many gro cells users, so lets move the code to avoid
duplication.
This creates a CONFIG_GRO_CELLS option.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An error was reported upgrading to 4.9.8:
root@Typhoon:~# ip route add default table 210 nexthop dev eth0 via 10.68.64.1
weight 1 nexthop dev eth0 via 10.68.64.2 weight 1
RTNETLINK answers: Operation not supported
The problem occurs when CONFIG_LWTUNNEL is not enabled and a multipath
route is submitted.
The point of lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr is catch modules that
need to be loaded before any references are taken with rntl held. With
CONFIG_LWTUNNEL disabled, there will be no modules to load so the
lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr stub should just return 0.
Fixes: 9ed59592e3 ("lwtunnel: fix autoload of lwt modules")
Reported-by: pupilla@libero.it
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The space notation allows us to classify the set backend implementation
based on the amount of required memory. This provides an order of the
set representation scalability in terms of memory. The size field is
still left in place so use this if the userspace provides no explicit
number of elements, so we cannot calculate the real memory that this set
needs. This also helps us break ties in the set backend selection
routine, eg. two backend implementations provide the same performance.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use lookup as field name instead, to prepare the introduction of the
memory class in a follow up patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This provides context to walk callback iterator, thus, we know if the
walk happens from the set flush path. This is required by the new bitmap
set type coming in a follow up patch which has no real struct
nft_set_ext, so it has to allocate it based on the two bit compact
element representation.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Although semantics are similar to deactivate() with no implicit element
lookup, this is only called from the set flush path, so better rename
this to flush().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Update the drivers to pass the RSSI level as a cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify
parameter and pass this value to userspace in a new nl80211 attribute.
This helps both userspace and also helps in the implementation of the
multiple RSSI thresholds CQM mechanism.
Note for marvell/mwifiex I pass 0 for the RSSI value because the new
RSSI value is not available to the driver at the time of the
cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify call, but the driver queries the new value
immediately after that, so it is actually available just a moment later
if we wanted to defer caling cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify until that moment.
Without this, the new cfg80211 code (patch 3) will call .get_station
which will send a duplicate HostCmd_CMD_RSSI_INFO command to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that
this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if
available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives
events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement
is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time
(parameter is 0).
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For the benefit of drivers that rebuild IEs in firmware, parse the
IEs for HT/VHT capabilities and the respective membership selector
in the (extended) supported rates. This avoids duplicating the same
code into all drivers that need this information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The conflict was an interaction between a bug fix in the
netvsc driver in 'net' and an optimization of the RX path
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__packed is considered harmful as it potentially generates code that
doesn't perform well and its usage should be avoided as much as
possible.
This patch drops __packed from all SCTP structures except one, which is
sctp_signed_cookie. In there it's required, as per changelog on
commit 9834a2bb49 ("[SCTP]: Fix sctp_cookie alignment in the packet.").
After this patch, no alignment changes neither in x86 or x86_64 and
no exceptions were noticed during testing on both archs.
Code size for SCTP module also didn't change with this patch.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
As last step, we can remove the pending_confirm flag.
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Fixes: 5110effee8 ("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.")
Fixes: f2bb4bedf3 ("ipv4: Cache output routes in fib_info nexthops.")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add confirm_neigh method to dst_ops and use it from IPv4 and IPv6
to lookup and confirm the neighbour. Its usage via the new helper
dst_confirm_neigh() should be restricted to MSG_PROBE users for
performance reasons.
For XFRM prefer the last tunnel address, if present. With help
from Steffen Klassert.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new transport flag to allow sockets to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
The flag is propagated from transport to every packet.
It is reset when cached dst is reset.
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Fixes: 5110effee8 ("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.")
Fixes: f2bb4bedf3 ("ipv4: Cache output routes in fib_info nexthops.")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new skbuff flag to allow protocols to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
Add sock_confirm_neigh() helper to confirm the neighbour and
use it for IPv4, IPv6 and VRF before dst_neigh_output.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new sock flag to allow sockets to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
As not all call paths lock the socket use full word for
the flag.
Add sk_dst_confirm as replacement for dst_confirm when
called for received packets.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry reported that UDP sockets being destroyed would trigger the
WARN_ON(atomic_read(&sk->sk_rmem_alloc)); in inet_sock_destruct()
It turns out we do not properly destroy skb(s) that have wrong UDP
checksum.
Thanks again to syzkaller team.
Fixes : 7c13f97ffd ("udp: do fwd memory scheduling on dequeue")
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to use the new DSA API with platform data. Most of the
code in net/dsa/dsa2.c does not rely so much on device_nodes and can get
the same information from platform_data instead.
We purposely do not support distributed configurations with platform
data, so drivers should be providing a pointer to a 'struct
dsa_chip_data' structure if they wish to communicate per-port layout.
Multiple CPUs port could potentially be supported and dsa_chip_data is
extended to receive up to one reference to an upstream network device
per port described by a dsa_chip_data structure.
dsa_dev_to_net_device() increments the network device's reference count,
so we intentionally call dev_put() to be consistent with the DT-enabled
path, until we have a generic notifier based solution.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for using this function in net/dsa/dsa2.c, rename the function
to make its scope DSA specific, and export it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A slave device will now notify the switch fabric once its port is
bridged or unbridged, instead of calling directly its switch operations.
This code allows propagating cross-chip bridging events in the fabric.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a notifier block per DSA switch, registered against a notifier head
in the switch fabric they belong to.
This infrastructure will allow to propagate fabric-wide events such as
port bridging, VLAN configuration, etc. If a DSA switch driver cares
about cross-chip configuration, such events can be caught.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change ip6_route_multipath_add to send one notifciation with the full
route encoded with RTA_MULTIPATH instead of a series of individual routes.
This is done by adding a skip_notify flag to the nl_info struct. The
flag is used to skip sending of the notification in the fib code that
actually inserts the route. Once the full route has been added, a
notification is generated with all nexthops.
ip6_route_multipath_add handles 3 use cases: new routes, route replace,
and route append. The multipath notification generated needs to be
consistent with the order of the nexthops and it should be consistent
with the order in a FIB dump which means the route with the first nexthop
needs to be used as the route reference. For the first 2 cases (new and
replace), a reference to the route used to send the notification is
obtained by saving the first route added. For the append case, the last
route added is used to loop back to its first sibling route which is
the first nexthop in the multipath route.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 allows multipath routes to be deleted using just the prefix and
length. For example:
$ ip ro ls vrf red
unreachable default metric 8192
1.1.1.0/24
nexthop via 10.100.1.254 dev eth1 weight 1
nexthop via 10.11.200.2 dev eth11.200 weight 1
10.11.200.0/24 dev eth11.200 proto kernel scope link src 10.11.200.3
10.100.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.100.1.3
$ ip ro del 1.1.1.0/24 vrf red
$ ip ro ls vrf red
unreachable default metric 8192
10.11.200.0/24 dev eth11.200 proto kernel scope link src 10.11.200.3
10.100.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.100.1.3
The same notation does not work with IPv6 because of how multipath routes
are implemented for IPv6. For IPv6 only the first nexthop of a multipath
route is deleted if the request contains only a prefix and length. This
leads to unnecessary complexity in userspace dealing with IPv6 multipath
routes.
This patch allows all nexthops to be deleted without specifying each one
in the delete request. Internally, this is done by walking the sibling
list of the route matching the specifications given (prefix, length,
metric, protocol, etc).
$ ip -6 ro ls vrf red
2001:db8:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:200::/120 via 2001:db8:1::2 dev eth1 metric 1024 pref medium
2001:db8:200::/120 via 2001:db8:2::2 dev eth2 metric 1024 pref medium
...
$ ip -6 ro del vrf red 2001:db8:200::/120
$ ip -6 ro ls vrf red
2001:db8:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
...
Because IPv6 allows individual nexthops to be deleted without deleting
the entire route, the ip6_route_multipath_del and non-multipath code
path (ip6_route_del) have to be discriminated so that all nexthops are
only deleted for the latter case. This is done by making the existing
fc_type in fib6_config a u16 and then adding a new u16 field with
fc_delete_all_nh as the first bit.
Suggested-by: Dinesh Dutt <ddutt@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller found another out of bound access in ip_options_compile(),
or more exactly in cipso_v4_validate()
Fixes: 20e2a86485 ("cipso: handle CIPSO options correctly when NetLabel is disabled")
Fixes: 446fda4f26 ("[NetLabel]: CIPSOv4 engine")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Stash ctinfo 3-bit field into pointer to nf_conntrack object from
sk_buff so we only access one single cacheline in the conntrack
hotpath. Patchset from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't leak pointer to internal structures when exporting x_tables
ruleset back to userspace, from Willem DeBruijn. This includes new
helper functions to copy data to userspace such as xt_data_to_user()
as well as conversions of our ip_tables, ip6_tables and arp_tables
clients to use it. Not surprinsingly, ebtables requires an ad-hoc
update. There is also a new field in x_tables extensions to indicate
the amount of bytes that we copy to userspace.
3) Add nf_log_all_netns sysctl: This new knob allows you to enable
logging via nf_log infrastructure for all existing netnamespaces.
Given the effort to provide pernet syslog has been discontinued,
let's provide a way to restore logging using netfilter kernel logging
facilities in trusted environments. Patch from Michal Kubecek.
4) Validate SCTP checksum from conntrack helper, from Davide Caratti.
5) Merge UDPlite conntrack and NAT helpers into UDP, this was mostly
a copy&paste from the original helper, from Florian Westphal.
6) Reset netfilter state when duplicating packets, also from Florian.
7) Remove unnecessary check for broadcast in IPv6 in pkttype match and
nft_meta, from Liping Zhang.
8) Add missing code to deal with loopback packets from nft_meta when
used by the netdev family, also from Liping.
9) Several cleanups on nf_tables, one to remove unnecessary check from
the netlink control plane path to add table, set and stateful objects
and code consolidation when unregister chain hooks, from Gao Feng.
10) Fix harmless reference counter underflow in IPVS that, however,
results in problems with the introduction of the new refcount_t
type, from David Windsor.
11) Enable LIBCRC32C from nf_ct_sctp instead of nf_nat_sctp,
from Davide Caratti.
12) Missing documentation on nf_tables uapi header, from Liping Zhang.
13) Use rb_entry() helper in xt_connlimit, from Geliang Tang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver that offloads flower rules needs to know with which priority
user inserted the rules. So add this information into offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New ip_tunnel_info flag to represent bridged tunnel metadata.
Used by bridge driver later in the series to pass per vlan dst
metadata to bridge ports.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the encode/decode functionality from the ife module instead of using
implementation inside the act_ife.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This module is responsible for the ife encapsulation protocol
encode/decode logics. That module can:
- ife_encode: encode skb and reserve space for the ife meta header
- ife_decode: decode skb and extract the meta header size
- ife_tlv_meta_encode - encodes one tlv entry into the reserved ife
header space.
- ife_tlv_meta_decode - decodes one tlv entry from the packet
- ife_tlv_meta_next - advance to the next tlv
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the function ife_tlv_meta_encode is not used by any other module,
unexport it and make it static for the act_ife module.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 69b34fb996 ("netfilter: xt_LOG: add net namespace support for
xt_LOG") disabled logging packets using the LOG target from non-init
namespaces. The motivation was to prevent containers from flooding
kernel log of the host. The plan was to keep it that way until syslog
namespace implementation allows containers to log in a safe way.
However, the work on syslog namespace seems to have hit a dead end
somewhere in 2013 and there are users who want to use xt_LOG in all
network namespaces. This patch allows to do so by setting
/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log_all_netns
to a nonzero value. This sysctl is only accessible from init_net so that
one cannot switch the behaviour from inside a container.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, the ip_vs_dest cache frees ip_vs_dest objects when their
reference count becomes < 0. Aside from not being semantically sound,
this is problematic for the new type refcount_t, which will be introduced
shortly in a separate patch. refcount_t is the new kernel type for
holding reference counts, and provides overflow protection and a
constrained interface relative to atomic_t (the type currently being
used for kernel reference counts).
Per Julian Anastasov: "The problem is that dest_trash currently holds
deleted dests (unlinked from RCU lists) with refcnt=0." Changing
dest_trash to hold dest with refcnt=1 will allow us to free ip_vs_dest
structs when their refcnt=0, in ip_vs_dest_put_and_free().
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After this change conntrack operations (lookup, creation, matching from
ruleset) only access one instead of two sk_buff cache lines.
This works for normal conntracks because those are allocated from a slab
that guarantees hw cacheline or 8byte alignment (whatever is larger)
so the 3 bits needed for ctinfo won't overlap with nf_conn addresses.
Template allocation now does manual address alignment (see previous change)
on arches that don't have sufficent kmalloc min alignment.
Some spots intentionally use skb->_nfct instead of skb_nfct() helpers,
this is to avoid undoing the skb_nfct() use when we remove untracked
conntrack object in the future.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The next change will merge skb->nfct pointer and skb->nfctinfo
status bits into single skb->_nfct (unsigned long) area.
For this to work nf_conn addresses must always be aligned at least on
an 8 byte boundary since we will need the lower 3bits to store nfctinfo.
Conntrack templates are allocated via kmalloc.
kbuild test robot reported
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: NFCT_INFOMASK >= ARCH_KMALLOC_MINALIGN
on v1 of this patchset, so not all platforms meet this requirement.
Do manual alignment if needed, the alignment offset is stored in the
nf_conn entry protocol area. This works because templates are not
handed off to L4 protocol trackers.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a helper to assign a nf_conn entry and the ctinfo bits to an sk_buff.
This avoids changing code in followup patch that merges skb->nfct and
skb->nfctinfo into skb->_nfct.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Followup patch renames skb->nfct and changes its type so add a helper to
avoid intrusive rename change later.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Next patch makes direct skb->nfct access illegal, reduce noise
in next patch by using accessors we already have.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It is never accessed for reading and the only places that write to it
are the icmp(6) handlers, which also set skb->nfct (and skb->nfctinfo).
The conntrack core specifically checks for attached skb->nfct after
->error() invocation and returns early in this case.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-02-01
1) Some typo fixes, from Alexander Alemayhu.
2) Don't acquire state lock in get_mtu functions.
The only rece against a dead state does not matter.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Remove xfrm4_state_fini, it is unused for more than
10 years. From Florian Westphal.
4) Various rcu usage improvements. From Florian Westphal.
5) Properly handle crypto arrors in ah4/ah6.
From Gilad Ben-Yossef.
6) Try to avoid skb linearization in esp4 and esp6.
7) The esp trailer is now set up in different places,
add a helper for this.
8) With the upcomming usage of gro_cells in IPsec,
a gro merged skb can have a secpath. Drop it
before freeing or reusing the skb.
9) Add a xfrm dummy network device for napi. With
this we can use gro_cells from within xfrm,
it allows IPsec GRO without impact on the generic
networking code.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_make_flowlabel() determines the flow label for IPv6 packets. It's
supposed to be passed a flow label, which it returns as is if non-0 and
in some other cases, otherwise it calculates a new value.
The problem is callers often pass a flowi6.flowlabel, which may also
contain traffic class bits. If the traffic class is non-0
ip6_make_flowlabel() mistakes the non-0 it gets as a flow label and
returns the whole thing. Thus it can return a 'flow label' longer than
20b and the low 20b of that is typically 0 resulting in packets with 0
label. Moreover, different packets of a flow may be labeled differently.
For a TCP flow with ECN non-payload and payload packets get different
labels as exemplified by this pair of consecutive packets:
(pure ACK)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0000 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x00 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: Not-ECT)
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..00 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: Not ECN-Capable Transport (0)
.... .... .... 0001 1100 1110 0100 1001 = Flow Label: 0x1ce49
Payload Length: 32
Next Header: TCP (6)
(payload)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0010 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x02 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: ECT(0))
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..10 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: ECN-Capable Transport codepoint '10' (2)
.... .... .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 = Flow Label: 0x00000
Payload Length: 688
Next Header: TCP (6)
This patch allows ip6_make_flowlabel() to be passed more than just a
flow label and has it extract the part it really wants. This was simpler
than modifying the callers. With this patch packets like the above become
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0000 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x00 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: Not-ECT)
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..00 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: Not ECN-Capable Transport (0)
.... .... .... 1010 1111 1010 0101 1110 = Flow Label: 0xafa5e
Payload Length: 32
Next Header: TCP (6)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0010 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x02 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: ECT(0))
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..10 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: ECN-Capable Transport codepoint '10' (2)
.... .... .... 1010 1111 1010 0101 1110 = Flow Label: 0xafa5e
Payload Length: 688
Next Header: TCP (6)
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dmichail@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch
drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall
classifier. We add support for two switch operations:
port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port
basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier.
Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing about lwt state requires a device reference, so remove the
input argument.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets arriving in a VRF currently are delivered to UDP sockets that
aren't bound to any interface. TCP defaults to not delivering packets
arriving in a VRF to unbound sockets. IP route lookup and socket
transmit both assume that unbound means using the default table and
UDP applications that haven't been changed to be aware of VRFs may not
function correctly in this case since they may not be able to handle
overlapping IP address ranges, or be able to send packets back to the
original sender if required.
So add a sysctl, udp_l3mdev_accept, to control this behaviour with it
being analgous to the existing tcp_l3mdev_accept, namely to allow a
process to have a VRF-global listen socket. Have this default to off
as this is the behaviour that users will expect, given that there is
no explicit mechanism to set unmodified VRF-unaware application into a
default VRF.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the
plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon reception of the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, a leaving port is already
unbridged, so reflect this by assigning the port's bridge_dev pointer to
NULL before calling the port_bridge_leave DSA driver operation.
Now that the bridge_dev pointer is exposed to the drivers, reflecting
the current state of the DSA switch fabric is necessary for the drivers
to adjust their port based VLANs correctly.
Pass the bridge device pointer to the port_bridge_leave operation so
that drivers have all information to re-program their chips properly,
and do not need to cache it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the bridge_dev pointer from dsa_slave_priv to dsa_port so that DSA
drivers can access this information and remove the need to cache it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the physical switch instance and port index a DSA port belongs to to
the dsa_port structure.
That can be used later to retrieve information about a physical port
when configuring a switch fabric, or lighten up struct dsa_slave_priv.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the ports[DSA_MAX_PORTS] array of the dsa_switch structure for a
zero-length array, allocated at the same time as the dsa_switch
structure itself. A dsa_switch_alloc() helper is provided for that.
This commit brings no functional change yet since we pass DSA_MAX_PORTS
as the number of ports for the moment. Future patches can update the DSA
drivers separately to support dynamic number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slava Shwartsman reported a warning in skb_try_coalesce(), when we
detect skb->truesize is completely wrong.
In his case, issue came from IPv6 reassembly coping with malicious
datagrams, that forced various pskb_may_pull() to reallocate a bigger
skb->head than the one allocated by NIC driver before entering GRO
layer.
Current code does not change skb->truesize, leaving this burden to
callers if they care enough.
Blindly changing skb->truesize in pskb_expand_head() is not
easy, as some producers might track skb->truesize, for example
in xmit path for back pressure feedback (sk->sk_wmem_alloc)
We can detect the cases where it should be safe to change
skb->truesize :
1) skb is not attached to a socket.
2) If it is attached to a socket, destructor is sock_edemux()
My audit gave only two callers doing their own skb->truesize
manipulation.
I had to remove skb parameter in sock_edemux macro when
CONFIG_INET is not set to avoid a compile error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Slava Shwartsman <slavash@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike ipv4, this control socket is shared by all cpus so we cannot use
it as scratchpad area to annotate the mark that we pass to ip6_xmit().
Add a new parameter to ip6_xmit() to indicate the mark. The SCTP socket
family caches the flowi6 structure in the sctp_transport structure, so
we cannot use to carry the mark unless we later on reset it back, which
I discarded since it looks ugly to me.
Fixes: bf99b4ded5 ("tcp: fix mark propagation with fwmark_reflect enabled")
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The address generation mode for IPv6 link-local can only be configured
by netlink messages. This patch adds the ability to change the address
generation mode via sysctl.
v1 -> v2
Removed the rtnl lock and switch to use RCU lock to iterate through
the netdev list.
v2 -> v3
Removed the addrgenmode variable from the idev structure and use the
systcl storage for the flag.
Simplifed the logic for sysctl handling by removing the supported
for all operation.
Added support for more types of tunnel interfaces for link-local
address generation.
Based the patches from net-next.
v3 -> v4
Removed unnecessary whitespace changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Jia <felix.jia@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing dsa_register_switch() to be supplied with
device/platform data, pass down a struct device pointer instead of a
struct device_node.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains a large batch with Netfilter fixes for
your net tree, they are:
1) Two patches to solve conntrack garbage collector cpu hogging, one to
remove GC_MAX_EVICTS and another to look at the ratio (scanned entries
vs. evicted entries) to make a decision on whether to reduce or not
the scanning interval. From Florian Westphal.
2) Two patches to fix incorrect set element counting if NLM_F_EXCL is
is not set. Moreover, don't decrenent set->nelems from abort patch
if -ENFILE which leaks a spare slot in the set. This includes a
patch to deconstify the set walk callback to update set->ndeact.
3) Two fixes for the fwmark_reflect sysctl feature: Propagate mark to
reply packets both from nf_reject and local stack, from Pau Espin Pedrol.
4) Fix incorrect handling of loopback traffic in rpfilter and nf_tables
fib expression, from Liping Zhang.
5) Fix oops on stateful objects netlink dump, when no filter is specified.
Also from Liping Zhang.
6) Fix a build error if proc is not available in ipt_CLUSTERIP, related
to fix that was applied in the previous batch for net. From Arnd Bergmann.
7) Fix lack of string validation in table, chain, set and stateful
object names in nf_tables, from Liping Zhang. Moreover, restrict
maximum log prefix length to 127 bytes, otherwise explicitly bail
out.
8) Two patches to fix spelling and typos in nf_tables uapi header file
and Kconfig, patches from Alexander Alemayhu and William Breathitt Gray.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patches have moved the temperature sensor code into the
Marvell PHYs. A few now dead references to NET_DSA_HWMON were left
behind. Go reap them.
Reported-by: Valentin Rothberg <valentinrothberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without TFO, any subsequent connect() call after a successful one returns
-1 EISCONN. The last API update ensured that __inet_stream_connect() can
return -1 EINPROGRESS in response to sendmsg() when TFO is in use to
indicate that the connection is now in progress. Unfortunately since this
function is used both for connect() and sendmsg(), it has the undesired
side effect of making connect() now return -1 EINPROGRESS as well after
a successful call, while at the same time poll() returns POLLOUT. This
can confuse some applications which happen to call connect() and to
check for -1 EISCONN to ensure the connection is usable, and for which
EINPROGRESS indicates a need to poll, causing a loop.
This problem was encountered in haproxy where a call to connect() is
precisely used in certain cases to confirm a connection's readiness.
While arguably haproxy's behaviour should be improved here, it seems
important to aim at a more robust behaviour when the goal of the new
API is to make it easier to implement TFO in existing applications.
This patch simply ensures that we preserve the same semantics as in
the non-TFO case on the connect() syscall when using TFO, while still
returning -1 EINPROGRESS on sendmsg(). For this we simply tell
__inet_stream_connect() whether we're doing a regular connect() or in
fact connecting for a sendmsg() call.
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new socket option, TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT, as an
alternative way to perform Fast Open on the active side (client). Prior
to this patch, a client needs to replace the connect() call with
sendto(MSG_FASTOPEN). This can be cumbersome for applications who want
to use Fast Open: these socket operations are often done in lower layer
libraries used by many other applications. Changing these libraries
and/or the socket call sequences are not trivial. A more convenient
approach is to perform Fast Open by simply enabling a socket option when
the socket is created w/o changing other socket calls sequence:
s = socket()
create a new socket
setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT …);
newly introduced sockopt
If set, new functionality described below will be used.
Return ENOTSUPP if TFO is not supported or not enabled in the
kernel.
connect()
With cookie present, return 0 immediately.
With no cookie, initiate 3WHS with TFO cookie-request option and
return -1 with errno = EINPROGRESS.
write()/sendmsg()
With cookie present, send out SYN with data and return the number of
bytes buffered.
With no cookie, and 3WHS not yet completed, return -1 with errno =
EINPROGRESS.
No MSG_FASTOPEN flag is needed.
read()
Return -1 with errno = EWOULDBLOCK/EAGAIN if connect() is called but
write() is not called yet.
Return -1 with errno = EWOULDBLOCK/EAGAIN if connection is
established but no msg is received yet.
Return number of bytes read if socket is established and there is
msg received.
The new API simplifies life for applications that always perform a write()
immediately after a successful connect(). Such applications can now take
advantage of Fast Open by merely making one new setsockopt() call at the time
of creating the socket. Nothing else about the application's socket call
sequence needs to change.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the cookie check logic in tcp_send_syn_data() into a function.
This function will be called else where in later changes.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce optional 128-bit action cookie.
Like all other cookie schemes in the networking world (eg in protocols
like http or existing kernel fib protocol field, etc) the idea is to save
user state that when retrieved serves as a correlator. The kernel
_should not_ intepret it. The user can store whatever they wish in the
128 bits.
Sample exercise(showing variable length use of cookie)
.. create an accept action with cookie a1b2c3d4
sudo $TC actions add action ok index 1 cookie a1b2c3d4
.. dump all gact actions..
sudo $TC -s actions ls action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 0 installed 5 sec used 5 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
cookie a1b2c3d4
.. bind the accept action to a filter..
sudo $TC filter add dev lo parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip dst 127.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:1 action gact index 1
... send some traffic..
$ ping 127.0.0.1 -c 3
PING 127.0.0.1 (127.0.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.020 ms
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.027 ms
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.038 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header file has grown a lot of #define's etc, but
they are nicer as enums, so rewrite the file from the
documentation as such.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Modules implementing lwtunnel ops should not be allowed to unload
while there is state alive using those ops, so specify the owning
module for all lwtunnel ops.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action allows the user to sample traffic matched by tc classifier.
The sampling consists of choosing packets randomly and sampling them using
the psample module. The user can configure the psample group number, the
sampling rate and the packet's truncation (to save kernel-user traffic).
Example:
To sample ingress traffic from interface eth1, one may use the commands:
tc qdisc add dev eth1 handle ffff: ingress
tc filter add dev eth1 parent ffff: \
matchall action sample rate 12 group 4
Where the first command adds an ingress qdisc and the second starts
sampling randomly with an average of one sampled packet per 12 packets on
dev eth1 to psample group 4.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a general way for kernel modules to sample packets, without being tied
to any specific subsystem. This netlink channel can be used by tc,
iptables, etc. and allow to standardize packet sampling in the kernel.
For every sampled packet, the psample module adds the following metadata
fields:
PSAMPLE_ATTR_IIFINDEX - the packets input ifindex, if applicable
PSAMPLE_ATTR_OIFINDEX - the packet output ifindex, if applicable
PSAMPLE_ATTR_ORIGSIZE - the packet's original size, in case it has been
truncated during sampling
PSAMPLE_ATTR_SAMPLE_GROUP - the packet's sample group, which is set by the
user who initiated the sampling. This field allows the user to
differentiate between several samplers working simultaneously and
filter packets relevant to him
PSAMPLE_ATTR_GROUP_SEQ - sequence counter of last sent packet. The
sequence is kept for each group
PSAMPLE_ATTR_SAMPLE_RATE - the sampling rate used for sampling the packets
PSAMPLE_ATTR_DATA - the actual packet bits
The sampled packets are sent to the PSAMPLE_NL_MCGRP_SAMPLE multicast
group. In addition, add the GET_GROUPS netlink command which allows the
user to see the current sample groups, their refcount and sequence number.
This command currently supports only netlink dump mode.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add net.ipv4.ip_unprivileged_port_start, which is a per namespace sysctl
that denotes the first unprivileged inet port in the namespace. To
disable all privileged ports set this to zero. It also checks for
overlap with the local port range. The privileged and local range may
not overlap.
The use case for this change is to allow containerized processes to bind
to priviliged ports, but prevent them from ever being allowed to modify
their container's network configuration. The latter is accomplished by
ensuring that the network namespace is not a child of the user
namespace. This modification was needed to allow the container manager
to disable a namespace's priviliged port restrictions without exposing
control of the network namespace to processes in the user namespace.
Signed-off-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a few restructured text warnings in mac80211, making the
documentation warning-free (for now).
In order to not add trailing whitespace, but also not introduce
too much noise into this change, move just the affected docs
into inline comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new restructured text parser complains about the formatting,
and really this should be a definition list.
In order to fix this without introducing trailing whitespace,
convert to the inline kernel-doc format.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only the Marvell mv88e6xxx DSA driver made use of the HWMON support in
DSA. The temperature sensor registers are actually in the embedded
PHYs, and the PHY driver now supports it. So remove all HWMON support
from DSA and drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cast second parameter of csum_sub() from __sum16 to __wsum.
Signed-off-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use hlist_entry_safe() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shaohua Li made percpu_counter irq safe in commit 098faf5805
("percpu_counter: make APIs irq safe")
We can safely remove BH disable/enable sections around various
percpu_counter manipulations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to add an mpls encap route when the MPLS modules are not loaded
hangs. For example:
CONFIG_MPLS=y
CONFIG_NET_MPLS_GSO=m
CONFIG_MPLS_ROUTING=m
CONFIG_MPLS_IPTUNNEL=m
$ ip route add 10.10.10.10/32 encap mpls 100 via inet 10.100.1.2
The ip command hangs:
root 880 826 0 21:25 pts/0 00:00:00 ip route add 10.10.10.10/32 encap mpls 100 via inet 10.100.1.2
$ cat /proc/880/stack
[<ffffffff81065a9b>] call_usermodehelper_exec+0xd6/0x134
[<ffffffff81065efc>] __request_module+0x27b/0x30a
[<ffffffff814542f6>] lwtunnel_build_state+0xe4/0x178
[<ffffffff814aa1e4>] fib_create_info+0x47f/0xdd4
[<ffffffff814ae451>] fib_table_insert+0x90/0x41f
[<ffffffff814a8010>] inet_rtm_newroute+0x4b/0x52
...
modprobe is trying to load rtnl-lwt-MPLS:
root 881 5 0 21:25 ? 00:00:00 /sbin/modprobe -q -- rtnl-lwt-MPLS
and it hangs after loading mpls_router:
$ cat /proc/881/stack
[<ffffffff81441537>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x14
[<ffffffff8142ca2a>] register_netdevice_notifier+0x16/0x179
[<ffffffffa0033025>] mpls_init+0x25/0x1000 [mpls_router]
[<ffffffff81000471>] do_one_initcall+0x8e/0x13f
[<ffffffff81119961>] do_init_module+0x5a/0x1e5
[<ffffffff810bd070>] load_module+0x13bd/0x17d6
...
The problem is that lwtunnel_build_state is called with rtnl lock
held preventing mpls_init from registering.
Given the potential references held by the time lwtunnel_build_state it
can not drop the rtnl lock to the load module. So, extract the module
loading code from lwtunnel_build_state into a new function to validate
the encap type. The new function is called while converting the user
request into a fib_config which is well before any table, device or
fib entries are examined.
Fixes: 745041e2aa ("lwtunnel: autoload of lwt modules")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store a dsa_switch pointer to the CPU switch in the tree instead of only
its index. This avoids the need to initialize it to -1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement sender-side procedures for the Outgoing
and Incoming SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section
5.1.2 and 5.1.3.
It is also add sockopt SCTP_RESET_STREAMS in rfc6525 section 6.3.2
for users.
Note that the new asoc member strreset_outstanding is to make sure
only one reconf request chunk on the fly as rfc6525 section 5.1.1
demands.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add sockopt SCTP_ENABLE_STREAM_RESET to get/set
strreset_enable to indicate which reconf request type it supports,
which is described in rfc6525 section 6.3.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add reconf_enable field in all of asoc ep and netns
to indicate if they support stream reset.
When initializing, asoc reconf_enable get the default value from ep
reconf_enable which is from netns netns reconf_enable by default.
It is also to add reconf_capable in asoc peer part to know if peer
supports reconf_enable, the value is set if ext params have reconf
chunk support when processing init chunk, just as rfc6525 section
5.1.1 demands.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a primitive based on sctp primitive frame for
sending stream reconf request. It works as the other primitives,
and create a SCTP_CMD_REPLY command to send the request chunk out.
sctp_primitive_RECONF would be the api to send a reconf request
chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a per transport timer based on sctp timer frame
for stream reconf chunk retransmission. It would start after sending
a reconf request chunk, and stop after receiving the response chunk.
If the timer expires, besides retransmitting the reconf request chunk,
it would also do the same thing with data RTO timer. like to increase
the appropriate error counts, and perform threshold management, possibly
destroying the asoc if sctp retransmission thresholds are exceeded, just
as section 5.1.1 describes.
This patch is also to add asoc strreset_chunk, it is used to save the
reconf request chunk, so that it can be retransmitted, and to check if
the response is really for this request by comparing the information
inside with the response chunk as well.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add asoc strreset_outseq and strreset_inseq for
saving the reconf request sequence, initialize them when create
assoc and process init, and also to define Incoming and Outgoing
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 4.1 and
4.2, As they can be in one same chunk as section rfc6525 3.1-3
describes, it makes them in one function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have non reuseport sockets on a tb we will set tb->fastreuseport to 0 and
never set it again. Which means that in the future if we end up adding a bunch
of reuseport sk's to that tb we'll have to do the expensive scan every time.
Instead add the ipv4/ipv6 saddr fields to the bind bucket, as well as the family
so we know what comparison to make, and the ipv6 only setting so we can make
sure to compare with new sockets appropriately. Once one sk has made it onto
the list we know that there are no potential bind conflicts on the owners list
that match that sk's rcv_addr. So copy the sk's information into our bind
bucket and set tb->fastruseport to FASTREUSESOCK_STRICT so we know we have to do
an extra check for subsequent reuseport sockets and skip the expensive bind
conflict check.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In inet_csk_get_port we seem to be using smallest_port to figure out where the
best place to look for a SO_REUSEPORT sk that matches with an existing set of
SO_REUSEPORT's. However if we get to the logic
if (smallest_size != -1) {
port = smallest_port;
goto have_port;
}
we will do a useless search, because we would have already done the
inet_csk_bind_conflict for that port and it would have returned 1, otherwise we
would have gone to found_tb and succeeded. Since this logic makes us do yet
another trip through inet_csk_bind_conflict for a port we know won't work just
delete this code and save us the time.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only difference between inet6_csk_bind_conflict and inet_csk_bind_conflict
is how they check the rcv_saddr, so delete this call back and simply
change inet_csk_bind_conflict to call inet_rcv_saddr_equal.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We pass these per-protocol equal functions around in various places, but
we can just have one function that checks the sk->sk_family and then do
the right comparison function. I've also changed the ipv4 version to
not cast to inet_sock since it is unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the functionality for including address-family-specific per-link
stats in RTM_GETSTATS messages. This is done through adding a new
IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute under which address family attributes are
nested and then the AF-specific attributes can be further nested. This
follows the model of IFLA_AF_SPEC on RTM_*LINK messages and it has the
advantage of presenting an easily extended hierarchy. The rtnl_af_ops
structure is extended to provide AFs with the opportunity to fill and
provide the size of their stats attributes.
One alternative would have been to provide AFs with the ability to add
attributes directly into the RTM_GETSTATS message without a nested
hierarchy. I discounted this approach as it increases the rate at
which the 32 attribute number space is used up and it makes
implementation a little more tricky for stats dump resuming (at the
moment the order in which attributes are added to the message has to
match the numeric order of the attributes).
Another alternative would have been to register per-AF RTM_GETSTATS
handlers. I discounted this approach as I perceived a common use-case
to be getting all the stats for an interface and this approach would
necessitate multiple requests/dumps to retrieve them all.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tries to avoid skb_cow_data on esp4.
On the encrypt side we add the IPsec tailbits
to the linear part of the buffer if there is
space on it. If there is no space on the linear
part, we add a page fragment with the tailbits to
the buffer and use separate src and dst scatterlists.
On the decrypt side, we leave the buffer as it is
if it is not cloned.
With this, we can avoid a linearization of the buffer
in most of the cases.
Joint work with:
Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Currently, we check the existing rtable in PREROUTING hook, if RTCF_LOCAL
is set, we assume that the packet is loopback.
But this assumption is incorrect, for example, a packet encapsulated
in ipsec transport mode was received and routed to local, after
decapsulation, it would be delivered to local again, and the rtable
was not dropped, so RTCF_LOCAL check would trigger. But actually, the
packet was not loopback.
So for these normal loopback packets, we can check whether the in device
is IFF_LOOPBACK or not. For these locally generated broadcast/multicast,
we can check whether the skb->pkt_type is PACKET_LOOPBACK or not.
Finally, there's a subtle difference between nft fib expr and xtables
rpfilter extension, user can add the following nft rule to do strict
rpfilter check:
# nft add rule x y meta iif eth0 fib saddr . iif oif != eth0 drop
So when the packet is loopback, it's better to store the in device
instead of the LOOPBACK_IFINDEX, otherwise, after adding the above
nft rule, locally generated broad/multicast packets will be dropped
incorrectly.
Fixes: f83a7ea207 ("netfilter: xt_rpfilter: skip locally generated broadcast/multicast, too")
Fixes: f6d0cbcf09 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add fib expression")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
* minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
* set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
kernel, which was already available to userspace
* don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
room to add them
* multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
(since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
magnitude)
* add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
* add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
* many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=UToW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-01-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For 4.11, we seem to have more than in the past few releases:
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
* minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
* set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
kernel, which was already available to userspace
* don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
room to add them
* multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
(since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
magnitude)
* add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
* add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
* many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we need to change the implementation, stop exposing internals.
Provide kref_read() to read the current reference count; typically
used for debug messages.
Kills two anti-patterns:
atomic_read(&kref->refcount)
kref->refcount.counter
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
This patch removes the support of RFC5827 early retransmit (i.e.,
fast recovery on small inflight with <3 dupacks) because it is
subsumed by the new RACK loss detection. More specifically when
RACK receives DUPACKs, it'll arm a reordering timer to start fast
recovery after a quarter of (min)RTT, hence it covers the early
retransmit except RACK does not limit itself to specific inflight
or dupack numbers.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes two things:
1. Start fast recovery with RACK in addition to other heuristics
(e.g., DUPACK threshold, FACK). Prior to this change RACK
is enabled to detect losses only after the recovery has
started by other algorithms.
2. Disable TCP early retransmit. RACK subsumes the early retransmit
with the new reordering timer feature. A latter patch in this
series removes the early retransmit code.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packets inside a jumbo skb (e.g., TSO) share the same skb
timestamp, even though they are sent sequentially on the wire. Since
RACK is based on time, it can not detect some packets inside the
same skb are lost. However, we can leverage the packet sequence
numbers as extended timestamps to detect losses. Therefore, when
RACK timestamp is identical to skb's timestamp (i.e., one of the
packets of the skb is acked or sacked), we use the sequence numbers
of the acked and unacked packets to break ties.
We can use the same sequence logic to advance RACK xmit time as
well to detect more losses and avoid timeout.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes RACK install a reordering timer when it suspects
some packets might be lost, but wants to delay the decision
a little bit to accomodate reordering.
It does not create a new timer but instead repurposes the existing
RTO timer, because both are meant to retransmit packets.
Specifically it arms a timer ICSK_TIME_REO_TIMEOUT when
the RACK timing check fails. The wait time is set to
RACK.RTT + RACK.reo_wnd - (NOW - Packet.xmit_time) + fudge
This translates to expecting a packet (Packet) should take
(RACK.RTT + RACK.reo_wnd + fudge) to deliver after it was sent.
When there are multiple packets that need a timer, we use one timer
with the maximum timeout. Therefore the timer conservatively uses
the maximum window to expire N packets by one timeout, instead of
N timeouts to expire N packets sent at different times.
The fudge factor is 2 jiffies to ensure when the timer fires, all
the suspected packets would exceed the deadline and be marked lost
by tcp_rack_detect_loss(). It has to be at least 1 jiffy because the
clock may tick between calling icsk_reset_xmit_timer(timeout) and
actually hang the timer. The next jiffy is to lower-bound the timeout
to 2 jiffies when reo_wnd is < 1ms.
When the reordering timer fires (tcp_rack_reo_timeout): If we aren't
in Recovery we'll enter fast recovery and force fast retransmit.
This is very similar to the early retransmit (RFC5827) except RACK
is not constrained to only enter recovery for small outstanding
flights.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Record the most recent RTT in RACK. It is often identical to the
"ca_rtt_us" values in tcp_clean_rtx_queue. But when the packet has
been retransmitted, RACK choses to believe the ACK is for the
(latest) retransmitted packet if the RTT is over minimum RTT.
This requires passing the arrival time of the most recent ACK to
RACK routines. The timestamp is now recorded in the "ack_time"
in tcp_sacktag_state during the ACK processing.
This patch does not change the RACK algorithm itself. It only adds
the RTT variable to prepare the next main patch.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new helper tcp_rack_detect_loss to prepare the upcoming
RACK reordering timer patch.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function documentation for cfg80211_connect_bss() and
cfg80211_connect_result() was still claiming that they are used only for
a success case while these functions can now be used to report both
success and various failure cases. The actual use cases were already
described in the connect() documentation.
Update the function specific comments to note the failure cases and also
describe how the special status == -1 case is used in
cfg80211_connect_bss() to indicate a connection timeout based on the
internal implementation in cfg80211_connect_timeout().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[use tabs for indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This enhances the connect timeout API to also carry the reason for the
timeout. These reason codes for the connect time out are represented by
enum nl80211_timeout_reason and are passed to user space through a new
attribute NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON (u32).
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[keep gfp_t argument last]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enhance sched scan to support option of finding a better BSS while in
connected state. Firmware scans the medium and reports when it finds a
known BSS which has better RSSI than the current connected BSS. New
attributes to specify the relative RSSI (compared to the current BSS)
are added to the sched scan to implement this.
Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With 78, 111 and 85 bytes respectively (on x86-64), the
functions iwe_stream_add_event(), iwe_stream_add_point()
and iwe_stream_add_value() really shouldn't be inlines.
It appears that at least my compiler already decided
the same, and created a single instance of each one
of them for each file using it, but that's still a
number of instances in the system overall, which this
reduces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flag that indicates that the WEP ICV was stripped from an
RX packet, allowing the device to not transfer that if it's
already checked.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
gcc-7 complains that wl3501_cs passes NULL into a function that
then uses the argument as the input for memcpy:
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c: In function 'wl3501_get_scan':
include/net/iw_handler.h:559:3: error: argument 2 null where non-null expected [-Werror=nonnull]
memcpy(stream + point_len, extra, iwe->u.data.length);
This works fine here because iwe->u.data.length is guaranteed to be 0
and the memcpy doesn't actually have an effect.
Making the length check explicit avoids the warning and should have
no other effect here.
Also check the pointer itself, since otherwise we get warnings
elsewhere in the code.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow dissection of (R)ARP operation hardware and protocol addresses
for Ethernet hardware and IPv4 protocol addresses.
There are currently no users of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ARP.
A follow-up patch will allow FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ARP to be used by the
flower classifier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm_init_tempstate is always called from within rcu read side section.
We can thus use a simpler function that doesn't call rcu_read_lock
again.
While at it, also make xfrm_init_tempstate return value void, the
return value was never tested.
A followup patch will replace remaining callers of xfrm_state_get_afinfo
with xfrm_state_afinfo_get_rcu variant and then remove the 'old'
get_afinfo interface.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Support for SMC socket monitoring via netlink sockets of protocol
NETLINK_SOCK_DIAG.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Direct call of tcp_set_keepalive() function from protocol-agnostic
sock_setsockopt() function in net/core/sock.c violates network
layering. And newly introduced protocol (SMC-R) will need its own
keepalive function. Therefore, add "keepalive" function pointer
to "struct proto", and call it from sock_setsockopt() via this pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Utz Bacher <utz.bacher@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have properly encapsulated and made drivers utilize exported
functions, we can switch dsa_switch_ops to be a annotated with const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for making struct dsa_switch_ops const, encapsulate it
within a dsa_switch_driver which has a list pointer and a pointer to
dsa_switch_ops. This allows us to take the list_head pointer out of
dsa_switch_ops, which is written to by {un,}register_switch_driver.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disconnect or deauthenticate when the owning socket is closed if this
flag is supplied to CMD_CONNECT or CMD_ASSOCIATE. This may be used
to ensure userspace daemon doesn't leave an unmanaged connection behind.
In some situations it would be possible to account for that, to some
degree, in the deamon restart code or in the up/down scripts without
the use of this attribute. But there will be systems where the daemon
can go away for varying periods without a warning due to local resource
management.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The tc_from field fulfills two roles. It encodes whether a packet was
redirected by an act_mirred device and, if so, whether act_mirred was
called on ingress or egress. Split it into separate fields.
The information is needed by the special IFB loop, where packets are
taken out of the normal path by act_mirred, forwarded to IFB, then
reinjected at their original location (ingress or egress) by IFB.
The IFB device cannot use skb->tc_at_ingress, because that may have
been overwritten as the packet travels from act_mirred to ifb_xmit,
when it passes through tc_classify on the IFB egress path. Cache this
value in skb->tc_from_ingress.
That field is valid only if a packet arriving at ifb_xmit came from
act_mirred. Other packets can be crafted to reach ifb_xmit. These
must be dropped. Set tc_redirected on redirection and drop all packets
that do not have this bit set.
Both fields are set only on cloned skbs in tc actions, so original
packet sources do not have to clear the bit when reusing packets
(notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Field tc_at is used only within tc actions to distinguish ingress from
egress processing. A single bit is sufficient for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the remaining two fields from tc_verd and remove the __u16
completely. TC_AT and TC_FROM are converted to equivalent two-bit
integer fields tc_at and tc_from. Where possible, use existing
helper skb_at_tc_ingress when reading tc_at. Introduce helper
skb_reset_tc to clear fields.
Not documenting tc_from and tc_at, because they will be replaced
with single bit fields in follow-on patches.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets sent by the IFB device skip subsequent tc classification.
A single bit governs this state. Move it out of tc_verd in
anticipation of removing that __u16 completely.
The new bitfield tc_skip_classify temporarily uses one bit of a
hole, until tc_verd is removed completely in a follow-up patch.
Remove the bit hole comment. It could be 2, 3, 4 or 5 bits long.
With that many options, little value in documenting it.
Introduce a helper function to deduplicate the logic in the two
sites that check this bit.
The field tc_skip_classify is set only in IFB on skbs cloned in
act_mirred, so original packet sources do not have to clear the
bit when reusing packets (notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.
Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp stream reconf, described in RFC 6525, needs a structure to
save per stream information in assoc, like stream state.
In the future, sctp stream scheduler also needs it to save some
stream scheduler params and queues.
This patchset is to prepare the stream array in assoc for stream
reconf. It defines sctp_stream that includes stream arrays inside
to replace ssnmap.
Note that we use different structures for IN and OUT streams, as
the members in per OUT stream will get more and more different
from per IN stream.
v1->v2:
- put these patches into a smaller group.
v2->v3:
- define sctp_stream to contain stream arrays, and create stream.c
to put stream-related functions.
- merge 3 patches into 1, as new sctp_stream has the same name
with before.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_select_default has a single caller within the same file.
Make it static.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a helper for reading that new property and applying
limitations of supported channels specified this way.
It is used with devices that normally support a wide wireless band but
in a given config are limited to some part of it (usually due to board
design). For example a dual-band chipset may be able to support one band
only because of used antennas.
It's also common that tri-band routers have separated radios for lower
and higher part of 5 GHz band and it may be impossible to say which is
which without a DT info.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[add new function to documentation, fix link]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
udplite was copied from udp, they are virtually 100% identical.
This adds udplite tracker to udp instead, removes udplite module,
and then makes the udplite tracker builtin.
udplite will then simply re-use udp timeout settings.
It makes little sense to add separate sysctls, nowadays we have
fine-grained timeout policy support via the CT target.
old:
text data bss dec hex filename
1633 672 0 2305 901 nf_conntrack_proto_udp.o
1756 672 0 2428 97c nf_conntrack_proto_udplite.o
69526 17937 268 87731 156b3 nf_conntrack.ko
new:
text data bss dec hex filename
2442 1184 0 3626 e2a nf_conntrack_proto_udp.o
68565 17721 268 86554 1521a nf_conntrack.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Different namespace application might require different maximal
number of remembered connection requests.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require fast recycling
TIME-WAIT sockets independently of the host.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to use this cascading. It doesn't add anything.
Let's remove it and simplify.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various ipvlan fixes from Eric Dumazet and Mahesh Bandewar.
The most important is to not assume the packet is RX just because
the destination address matches that of the device. Such an
assumption causes problems when an interface is put into loopback
mode.
2) If we retry when creating a new tc entry (because we dropped the
RTNL mutex in order to load a module, for example) we end up with
-EAGAIN and then loop trying to replay the request. But we didn't
reset some state when looping back to the top like this, and if
another thread meanwhile inserted the same tc entry we were trying
to, we re-link it creating an enless loop in the tc chain. Fix from
Daniel Borkmann.
3) There are two different WRITE bits in the MDIO address register for
the stmmac chip, depending upon the chip variant. Due to a bug we
could set them both, fix from Hock Leong Kweh.
4) Fix mlx4 bug in XDP_TX handling, from Tariq Toukan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: stmmac: fix incorrect bit set in gmac4 mdio addr register
r8169: add support for RTL8168 series add-on card.
net: xdp: remove unused bfp_warn_invalid_xdp_buffer()
openvswitch: upcall: Fix vlan handling.
ipv4: Namespaceify tcp_tw_reuse knob
net: korina: Fix NAPI versus resources freeing
net, sched: fix soft lockup in tc_classify
net/mlx4_en: Fix user prio field in XDP forward
tipc: don't send FIN message from connectionless socket
ipvlan: fix multicast processing
ipvlan: fix various issues in ipvlan_process_multicast()
Different namespaces might have different requirements to reuse
TIME-WAIT sockets for new connections. This might be required in
cases where different namespace applications are in place which
require TIME_WAIT socket connections to be reduced independently
of the host.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ktime is a union because the initial implementation stored the time in
scalar nanoseconds on 64 bit machine and in a endianess optimized timespec
variant for 32bit machines. The Y2038 cleanup removed the timespec variant
and switched everything to scalar nanoseconds. The union remained, but
become completely pointless.
Get rid of the union and just keep ktime_t as simple typedef of type s64.
The conversion was done with coccinelle and some manual mopping up.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
This was entirely automated, using the script by Al:
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
$(git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h)
to do the replacement at the end of the merge window.
Requested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes and cleanups from David Miller:
1) Revert bogus nla_ok() change, from Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Various bpf validator fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Add some necessary SET_NETDEV_DEV() calls to hsis_femac and hip04
drivers, from Dongpo Li.
4) Several ethtool ksettings conversions from Philippe Reynes.
5) Fix bugs in inet port management wrt. soreuseport, from Tom Herbert.
6) XDP support for virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
7) Fix NAT handling within a vrf, from David Ahern.
8) Endianness fixes in dpaa_eth driver, from Claudiu Manoil
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
net: mv643xx_eth: fix build failure
isdn: Constify some function parameters
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark split ports as such
cgroup: Fix CGROUP_BPF config
qed: fix old-style function definition
net: ipv6: check route protocol when deleting routes
r6040: move spinlock in r6040_close as SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock order detected
irda: w83977af_ir: cleanup an indent issue
net: sfc: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: davicom: dm9000: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: cirrus: ep93xx: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb3: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
bpf: fix mark_reg_unknown_value for spilled regs on map value marking
bpf: fix overflow in prog accounting
bpf: dynamically allocate digest scratch buffer
gtp: Fix initialization of Flags octet in GTPv1 header
gtp: gtp_check_src_ms_ipv4() always return success
net/x25: use designated initializers
isdn: use designated initializers
...
A user may call listen with binding an explicit port with the intent
that the kernel will assign an available port to the socket. In this
case inet_csk_get_port does a port scan. For such sockets, the user may
also set soreuseport with the intent a creating more sockets for the
port that is selected. The problem is that the initial socket being
opened could inadvertently choose an existing and unreleated port
number that was already created with soreuseport.
This patch adds a boolean parameter to inet_bind_conflict that indicates
rather soreuseport is allowed for the check (in addition to
sk->sk_reuseport). In calls to inet_bind_conflict from inet_csk_get_port
the argument is set to true if an explicit port is being looked up (snum
argument is nonzero), and is false if port scan is done.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull vfs updates from Al Viro:
- more ->d_init() stuff (work.dcache)
- pathname resolution cleanups (work.namei)
- a few missing iov_iter primitives - copy_from_iter_full() and
friends. Either copy the full requested amount, advance the iterator
and return true, or fail, return false and do _not_ advance the
iterator. Quite a few open-coded callers converted (and became more
readable and harder to fuck up that way) (work.iov_iter)
- several assorted patches, the big one being logfs removal
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
logfs: remove from tree
vfs: fix put_compat_statfs64() does not handle errors
namei: fold should_follow_link() with the step into not-followed link
namei: pass both WALK_GET and WALK_MORE to should_follow_link()
namei: invert WALK_PUT logics
namei: shift interpretation of LOOKUP_FOLLOW inside should_follow_link()
namei: saner calling conventions for mountpoint_last()
namei.c: get rid of user_path_parent()
switch getfrag callbacks to ..._full() primitives
make skb_add_data,{_nocache}() and skb_copy_to_page_nocache() advance only on success
[iov_iter] new primitives - copy_from_iter_full() and friends
don't open-code file_inode()
ceph: switch to use of ->d_init()
ceph: unify dentry_operations instances
lustre: switch to use of ->d_init()
Commit 4f7df337fe
"netlink: 2-clause nla_ok()" is BROKEN.
First clause tests if "->nla_len" could even be accessed at all,
it can not possibly be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comment on the name indirection suggested an issue but turned out
to be untrue. Digging in older kernel version showed issue with ipw2x00
but that is no longer true so get rid on the name indirection.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull smp hotplug updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"This is the final round of converting the notifier mess to the state
machine. The removal of the notifiers and the related infrastructure
will happen around rc1, as there are conversions outstanding in other
trees.
The whole exercise removed about 2000 lines of code in total and in
course of the conversion several dozen bugs got fixed. The new
mechanism allows to test almost every hotplug step standalone, so
usage sites can exercise all transitions extensively.
There is more room for improvement, like integrating all the
pointlessly different architecture mechanisms of synchronizing,
setting cpus online etc into the core code"
* 'smp-hotplug-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (60 commits)
tracing/rb: Init the CPU mask on allocation
soc/fsl/qbman: Convert to hotplug state machine
soc/fsl/qbman: Convert to hotplug state machine
zram: Convert to hotplug state machine
KVM/PPC/Book3S HV: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/cpuinfo: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/cpuinfo: Make hotplug notifier symmetric
mm/compaction: Convert to hotplug state machine
iommu/vt-d: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/zswap: Convert pool to hotplug state machine
mm/zswap: Convert dst-mem to hotplug state machine
mm/zsmalloc: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/vmstat: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/vmstat: Avoid on each online CPU loops
mm/vmstat: Drop get_online_cpus() from init_cpu_node_state/vmstat_cpu_dead()
tracing/rb: Convert to hotplug state machine
oprofile/nmi timer: Convert to hotplug state machine
net/iucv: Use explicit clean up labels in iucv_init()
x86/pci/amd-bus: Convert to hotplug state machine
x86/oprofile/nmi: Convert to hotplug state machine
...
* fix a logic bug introduced by a previous cleanup
* fix nl80211 attribute confusing (trying to use
a single attribute for two purposes)
* fix a long-standing BSS leak that happens when an
association attempt is abandoned
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=HvKt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-12-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three fixes:
* fix a logic bug introduced by a previous cleanup
* fix nl80211 attribute confusing (trying to use
a single attribute for two purposes)
* fix a long-standing BSS leak that happens when an
association attempt is abandoned
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mac80211 abandons an association attempt, it may free
all the data structures, but inform cfg80211 and userspace
about it only by sending the deauth frame it received, in
which case cfg80211 has no link to the BSS struct that was
used and will not cfg80211_unhold_bss() it.
Fix this by providing a way to inform cfg80211 of this with
the BSS entry passed, so that it can clean up properly, and
use this ability in the appropriate places in mac80211.
This isn't ideal: some code is more or less duplicated and
tracing is missing. However, it's a fairly small change and
it's thus easier to backport - cleanups can come later.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sk_drops can be an often written field, do not read it unless
application showed interest.
Note that sk_drops can be read via inet_diag, so applications
can avoid getting this info from every received packet.
In the future, 'reading' sk_drops might require folding per node or per
cpu fields, and thus become even more expensive than today.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFS is not commonly used, so add a jump label to avoid some conditionals
in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow dissection of ICMP(V6) type and code. This should only occur
if a packet is ICMP(V6) and the dissector has FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP set.
There are currently no users of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP.
A follow-up patch will allow FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP to be used by
the flower classifier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains a large Netfilter update for net-next,
to summarise:
1) Add support for stateful objects. This series provides a nf_tables
native alternative to the extended accounting infrastructure for
nf_tables. Two initial stateful objects are supported: counters and
quotas. Objects are identified by a user-defined name, you can fetch
and reset them anytime. You can also use a maps to allow fast lookups
using any arbitrary key combination. More info at:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=148029128323837&w=2
2) On-demand registration of nf_conntrack and defrag hooks per netns.
Register nf_conntrack hooks if we have a stateful ruleset, ie.
state-based filtering or NAT. The new nf_conntrack_default_on sysctl
enables this from newly created netnamespaces. Default behaviour is not
modified. Patches from Florian Westphal.
3) Allocate 4k chunks and then use these for x_tables counter allocation
requests, this improves ruleset load time and also datapath ruleset
evaluation, patches from Florian Westphal.
4) Add support for ebpf to the existing x_tables bpf extension.
From Willem de Bruijn.
5) Update layer 4 checksum if any of the pseudoheader fields is updated.
This provides a limited form of 1:1 stateless NAT that make sense in
specific scenario, eg. load balancing.
6) Add support to flush sets in nf_tables. This series comes with a new
set->ops->deactivate_one() indirection given that we have to walk
over the list of set elements, then deactivate them one by one.
The existing set->ops->deactivate() performs an element lookup that
we don't need.
7) Two patches to avoid cloning packets, thus speed up packet forwarding
via nft_fwd from ingress. From Florian Westphal.
8) Two IPVS patches via Simon Horman: Decrement ttl in all modes to
prevent infinite loops, patch from Dwip Banerjee. And one minor
refactoring from Gao feng.
9) Revisit recent log support for nf_tables netdev families: One patch
to ensure that we correctly handle non-ethernet packets. Another
patch to add missing logger definition for netdev. Patches from
Liping Zhang.
10) Three patches for nft_fib, one to address insufficient register
initialization and another to solve incorrect (although harmless)
byteswap operation. Moreover update xt_rpfilter and nft_fib to match
lbcast packets with zeronet as source, eg. DHCP Discover packets
(0.0.0.0 -> 255.255.255.255). Also from Liping Zhang.
11) Built-in DCCP, SCTP and UDPlite conntrack and NAT support, from
Davide Caratti. While DCCP is rather hopeless lately, and UDPlite has
been broken in many-cast mode for some little time, let's give them a
chance by placing them at the same level as other existing protocols.
Thus, users don't explicitly have to modprobe support for this and
NAT rules work for them. Some people point to the lack of support in
SOHO Linux-based routers that make deployment of new protocols harder.
I guess other middleboxes outthere on the Internet are also to blame.
Anyway, let's see if this has any impact in the midrun.
12) Skip software SCTP software checksum calculation if the NIC comes
with SCTP checksum offload support. From Davide Caratti.
13) Initial core factoring to prepare conversion to hook array. Three
patches from Aaron Conole.
14) Gao Feng made a wrong conversion to switch in the xt_multiport
extension in a patch coming in the previous batch. Fix it in this
batch.
15) Get vmalloc call in sync with kmalloc flags to avoid a warning
and likely OOM killer intervention from x_tables. From Marcelo
Ricardo Leitner.
16) Update Arturo Borrero's email address in all source code headers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paolo noticed a cache line miss in UDP recvmsg() to access
sk_rxhash, sharing a cache line with sk_drops.
sk_drops might be heavily incremented by cpus handling a flood targeting
this socket.
We might place sk_drops on a separate cache line, but lets try
to avoid wasting 64 bytes per socket just for this, since we have
other bottlenecks to take care of.
sock_rps_record_flow() should only access sk_rxhash for connected
flows.
Testing sk_state for TCP_ESTABLISHED covers most of the cases for
connected sockets, for a zero cost, since system calls using
sock_rps_record_flow() also access sk->sk_prot which is on the
same cache line.
A follow up patch will provide a static_key (Jump Label) since most
hosts do not even use RFS.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for set flushing, that consists of walking over
the set elements if the NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_ELEMENTS attribute is set.
This patch requires the following changes:
1) Add set->ops->deactivate_one() operation: This allows us to
deactivate an element from the set element walk path, given we can
skip the lookup that happens in ->deactivate().
2) Add a new nft_trans_alloc_gfp() function since we need to allocate
transactions using GFP_ATOMIC given the set walk path happens with
held rcu_read_lock.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to refer to stateful objects from set elements.
This provides the infrastructure to create maps where the right hand
side of the mapping is a stateful object.
This allows us to build dictionaries of stateful objects, that you can
use to perform fast lookups using any arbitrary key combination.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Notify on depleted quota objects. The NFT_QUOTA_F_DEPLETED flag
indicates we have reached overquota.
Add pointer to table from nft_object, so we can use it when sending the
depletion notification to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce nf_tables_obj_notify() to notify internal state changes in
stateful objects. This is used by the quota object to report depletion
in a follow up patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new NFT_MSG_GETOBJ_RESET command perform an atomic
dump-and-reset of the stateful object. This also comes with add support
for atomic dump and reset for counter and quota objects.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch augments nf_tables to support stateful objects. This new
infrastructure allows you to create, dump and delete stateful objects,
that are identified by a user-defined name.
This patch adds the generic infrastructure, follow up patches add
support for two stateful objects: counters and quotas.
This patch provides a native infrastructure for nf_tables to replace
nfacct, the extended accounting infrastructure for iptables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
... so we can use current skb instead of working with a clone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new flag that signals the kernel to update layer 4
checksum if the packet field belongs to the layer 4 pseudoheader. This
implicitly provides stateless NAT 1:1 that is useful under very specific
usecases.
Since rules mangling layer 3 fields that are part of the pseudoheader
may potentially convey any layer 4 packet, we have to deal with the
layer 4 checksum adjustment using protocol specific code.
This patch adds support for TCP, UDP and ICMPv6, since they include the
pseudoheader in the layer 4 checksum calculation. ICMP doesn't, so we
can skip it.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_defrag modules for ipv4 and ipv6 export an empty stub function.
Any module that needs the defragmentation hooks registered simply 'calls'
this empty function to create a phony module dependency -- modprobe will
then load the defrag module too.
This extends netfilter ipv4/ipv6 defragmentation modules to delay the hook
registration until the functionality is requested within a network namespace
instead of module load time for all namespaces.
Hooks are only un-registered on module unload or when a namespace that used
such defrag functionality exits.
We have to use struct net for this as the register hooks can be called
before netns initialization here from the ipv4/ipv6 conntrack module
init path.
There is no unregister functionality support, defrag will always be
active once it was requested inside a net namespace.
The reason is that defrag has impact on nft and iptables rulesets
(without defrag we might see framents).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
1) Old code was hard to maintain, due to complex lock chains.
(We probably will be able to remove some kfree_rcu() in callers)
2) Using a single timer to update all estimators does not scale.
3) Code was buggy on 32bit kernel (WRITE_ONCE() on 64bit quantity
is not supposed to work well)
In this rewrite :
- I removed the RB tree that had to be scanned in
gen_estimator_active(). qdisc dumps should be much faster.
- Each estimator has its own timer.
- Estimations are maintained in net_rate_estimator structure,
instead of dirtying the qdisc. Minor, but part of the simplification.
- Reading the estimator uses RCU and a seqcount to provide proper
support for 32bit kernels.
- We reduce memory need when estimators are not used, since
we store a pointer, instead of the bytes/packets counters.
- xt_rateest_mt() no longer has to grab a spinlock.
(In the future, xt_rateest_tg() could be switched to per cpu counters)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-12-03
Here's a set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for net-next (i.e. 4.10
kernel):
- Fix for a potential NULL deref in the ieee802154 netlink code
- Fix for the ED values of the at86rf2xx driver
- Documentation updates to ieee802154
- Cleanups to u8 vs __u8 usage
- Timer API usage cleanups in HCI drivers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group fields used in TX path, and keep some cache lines mostly read
to permit sharing among cpus.
Gained two 4 bytes holes on 64bit arches.
Added a place holder for tcp tsq_flags, next to sk_wmem_alloc
to speed up tcp_wfree() in the following patch.
I have not added ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp, this might be done later.
I prefer doing this once inet and tcp/udp sockets reorg is also done.
Tested with both TCP and UDP.
UDP receiver performance under flood increased by ~20 % :
Accessing sk_filter/sk_wq/sk_napi_id no longer stalls because sk_drops
was moved away from a critical cache line, now mostly read and shared.
/* --- cacheline 4 boundary (256 bytes) --- */
unsigned int sk_napi_id; /* 0x100 0x4 */
int sk_rcvbuf; /* 0x104 0x4 */
struct sk_filter * sk_filter; /* 0x108 0x8 */
union {
struct socket_wq * sk_wq; /* 0x8 */
struct socket_wq * sk_wq_raw; /* 0x8 */
}; /* 0x110 0x8 */
struct xfrm_policy * sk_policy[2]; /* 0x118 0x10 */
struct dst_entry * sk_rx_dst; /* 0x128 0x8 */
struct dst_entry * sk_dst_cache; /* 0x130 0x8 */
atomic_t sk_omem_alloc; /* 0x138 0x4 */
int sk_sndbuf; /* 0x13c 0x4 */
/* --- cacheline 5 boundary (320 bytes) --- */
int sk_wmem_queued; /* 0x140 0x4 */
atomic_t sk_wmem_alloc; /* 0x144 0x4 */
long unsigned int sk_tsq_flags; /* 0x148 0x8 */
struct sk_buff * sk_send_head; /* 0x150 0x8 */
struct sk_buff_head sk_write_queue; /* 0x158 0x18 */
__s32 sk_peek_off; /* 0x170 0x4 */
int sk_write_pending; /* 0x174 0x4 */
long int sk_sndtimeo; /* 0x178 0x8 */
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switch (default on) can be used to disable automatic registration
of connection tracking functionality in newly created network
namespaces.
This means that when net namespace goes down (or the tracker protocol
module is unloaded) we *might* have to unregister the hooks.
We can either add another per-netns variable that tells if
the hooks got registered by default, or, alternatively, just call
the protocol _put() function and have the callee deal with a possible
'extra' put() operation that doesn't pair with a get() one.
This uses the latter approach, i.e. a put() without a get has no effect.
Conntrack is still enabled automatically regardless of the new sysctl
setting if the new net namespace requires connection tracking, e.g. when
NAT rules are created.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This makes use of nf_ct_netns_get/put added in previous patch.
We add get/put functions to nf_conntrack_l3proto structure, ipv4 and ipv6
then implement use-count to track how many users (nft or xtables modules)
have a dependency on ipv4 and/or ipv6 connection tracking functionality.
When count reaches zero, the hooks are unregistered.
This delays activation of connection tracking inside a namespace until
stateful firewall rule or nat rule gets added.
This patch breaks backwards compatibility in the sense that connection
tracking won't be active anymore when the protocol tracker module is
loaded. This breaks e.g. setups that ctnetlink for flow accounting and
the like, without any '-m conntrack' packet filter rules.
Followup patch restores old behavour and makes new delayed scheme
optional via sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
currently aliased to try_module_get/_put.
Will be changed in next patch when we add functions to make use of ->net
argument to store usercount per l3proto tracker.
This is needed to avoid registering the conntrack hooks in all netns and
later only enable connection tracking in those that need conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
since adf0516845 ("netfilter: remove ip_conntrack* sysctl compat code")
the only user (ipv4 tracker) sets this to an empty stub function.
After this change nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_register() is also empty,
but this will change in a followup patch to add conditional register
of the hooks.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_UDPLITE is no more a tristate. When set to y,
connection tracking support for UDPlite protocol is built-in into
nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_udplite,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| udplite| ipv4 | ipv6 |nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 432538 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
UDPlite || - | 829649 | 829362 | 6498204
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_SCTP is no more a tristate. When set to y, connection
tracking support for SCTP protocol is built-in into nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_sctp,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| sctp | ipv4 | ipv6 | nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 498243 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
SCTP || - | 829254 | 829175 | 6547872
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_DCCP is no more a tristate. When set to y, connection
tracking support for DCCP protocol is built-in into nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_dccp,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| dccp | ipv4 | ipv6 | nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 469140 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
DCCP || - | 830566 | 829935 | 6533526
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In netdev family, we will handle non ethernet packets, so using
eth_hdr(skb)->h_proto is incorrect.
Meanwhile, we can use socket(AF_PACKET...) to sending packets, so
skb->protocol is not always set in bridge family.
Add an extra parameter into nf_log_l2packet to solve this issue.
Fixes: 1fddf4bad0 ("netfilter: nf_log: add packet logging for netdev family")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_UDPLITE is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for UDPlite protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) |udplite || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 408048 || 2241312
UDPLITE builtin | - || 2577256
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_SCTP is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for SCTP protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) | sctp || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 428344 || 2241312
SCTP builtin | - || 2597032
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_DCCP is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for DCCP protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) | dccp || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 409800 || 2241312
DCCP builtin | - || 2578968
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Implemented RFC7527 Enhanced DAD.
IPv6 duplicate address detection can fail if there is some temporary
loopback of Ethernet frames. RFC7527 solves this by including a random
nonce in the NS messages used for DAD, and if an NS is received with the
same nonce it is assumed to be a looped back DAD probe and is ignored.
RFC7527 is enabled by default. Can be disabled by setting both of
conf/{all,interface}/enhanced_dad to zero.
Signed-off-by: Erik Nordmark <nordmark@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b90eb75494 ("fib: introduce FIB notification infrastructure")
introduced a new notification chain to notify listeners (f.e., switchdev
drivers) about addition and deletion of routes.
However, upon registration to the chain the FIB tables can already be
populated, which means potential listeners will have an incomplete view
of the tables.
Solve that by dumping the FIB tables and replaying the events to the
passed notification block. The dump itself is done using RCU in order
not to starve consumers that need RTNL to make progress.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by reading the FIB change sequence
counter before and after the dump under RTNL. This allows us to avoid
the problematic situation in which the dumping process sends a ENTRY_ADD
notification following ENTRY_DEL generated by another process holding
RTNL.
Callers of the registration function may pass a callback that is
executed in case the dump was inconsistent with current FIB tables.
The number of retries until a consistent dump is achieved is set to a
fixed number to prevent callers from looping for long periods of time.
In case current limit proves to be problematic in the future, it can be
easily converted to be configurable using a sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next patch will enable listeners of the FIB notification chain to
request a dump of the FIB tables. However, since RTNL isn't taken during
the dump, it's possible for the FIB tables to change mid-dump, which
will result in inconsistency between the listener's table and the
kernel's.
Allow listeners to know about changes that occurred mid-dump, by adding
a change sequence counter to each net namespace. The counter is
incremented just before a notification is sent in the FIB chain.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in the previous commit, modules are going to need to take a
reference on fib info and then drop it using fib_info_put().
Add the fib_info_hold() helper to make the code more readable and also
symmetric with fib_info_put().
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_generic() function is both a) inline and b) used ~600 times.
It has the following code inside
...
ptr = ng->ptr[id - 1];
...
"id" is never compile time constant so compiler is forced to subtract 1.
And those decrements or LEA [r32 - 1] instructions add up.
We also start id'ing from 1 to catch bugs where pernet sybsystem id
is not initialized and 0. This is quite pointless idea (nothing will
work or immediate interference with first registered subsystem) in
general but it hints what needs to be done for code size reduction.
Namely, overlaying allocation of pointer array and fixed part of
structure in the beginning and using usual base-0 addressing.
Ids are just cookies, their exact values do not matter, so lets start
with 3 on x86_64.
Code size savings (oh boy): -4.2 KB
As usual, ignore the initial compiler stupidity part of the table.
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 12/670 up/down: 89/-4297 (-4208)
function old new delta
tipc_nametbl_insert_publ 1250 1270 +20
nlmclnt_lookup_host 686 703 +17
nfsd4_encode_fattr 5930 5941 +11
nfs_get_client 1050 1061 +11
register_pernet_operations 333 342 +9
tcf_mirred_init 843 849 +6
tcf_bpf_init 1143 1149 +6
gss_setup_upcall 990 994 +4
idmap_name_to_id 432 434 +2
ops_init 274 275 +1
nfsd_inject_forget_client 259 260 +1
nfs4_alloc_client 612 613 +1
tunnel_key_walker 164 163 -1
...
tipc_bcbase_select_primary 392 360 -32
mac80211_hwsim_new_radio 2808 2767 -41
ipip6_tunnel_ioctl 2228 2186 -42
tipc_bcast_rcv 715 672 -43
tipc_link_build_proto_msg 1140 1089 -51
nfsd4_lock 3851 3796 -55
tipc_mon_rcv 1012 956 -56
Total: Before=156643951, After=156639743, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is precursor to fixing "[id - 1]" bloat inside net_generic().
Name "s" is chosen to complement name "u" often used for dummy unions.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_ok() consists of 3 clauses:
1) int rem >= (int)sizeof(struct nlattr)
2) u16 nla_len >= sizeof(struct nlattr)
3) u16 nla_len <= int rem
The statement is that clause (1) is redundant.
What it does is ensuring that "rem" is a positive number,
so that in clause (3) positive number will be compared to positive number
with no problems.
However, "u16" fully fits into "int" and integers do not change value
when upcasting even to signed type. Negative integers will be rejected
by clause (3) just fine. Small positive integers will be rejected
by transitivity of comparison operator.
NOTE: all of the above DOES NOT apply to nlmsg_ok() where ->nlmsg_len is
u32(!), so 3 clauses AND A CAST TO INT are necessary.
Obligatory space savings report: -1.6 KB
$ ./scripts/bloat-o-meter ../vmlinux-000* ../vmlinux-001*
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 3/63 up/down: 35/-1692 (-1657)
function old new delta
validate_scan_freqs 142 155 +13
tcf_em_tree_validate 867 879 +12
dcbnl_ieee_del 328 338 +10
netlbl_cipsov4_add_common.isra 218 215 -3
...
ovs_nla_put_actions 888 806 -82
netlbl_cipsov4_add_std 1648 1566 -82
nl80211_parse_sched_scan 2889 2780 -109
ip_tun_from_nlattr 3086 2945 -141
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add socket family, type and protocol to bpf_sock allowing bpf programs
read-only access.
Add __sk_flags_offset[0] to struct sock before the bitfield to
programmtically determine the offset of the unsigned int containing
protocol and type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support hardware offloading when the device given by the tc
rule is different from the Hardware underline device, extract the mirred
(egress) device from the tc action when a filter is added, using the new
tc_action_ops, get_dev().
Flower caches the information about the mirred device and use it for
calling ndo_setup_tc in filter change, update stats and delete.
Calling ndo_setup_tc of the mirred (egress) device instead of the
ingress device will allow a resolution between the software ingress
device and the underline hardware device.
The resolution will take place inside the offloading driver using
'egress_device' flag added to tc_to_netdev struct which is provided to
the offloading driver.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support to a new tc_action_ops.
get_dev is a general option which allows to get the underline
device when trying to offload a tc rule.
In case of mirred action the returned device is the mirred (egress)
device.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creating a difference between two possible cases:
1. Not offloading tc rule since the user sets 'skip_hw' flag.
2. Not offloading tc rule since the device doesn't support offloading.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
jiffies based timestamps allow for easy inference of number of devices
behind NAT translators and also makes tracking of hosts simpler.
commit ceaa1fef65 ("tcp: adding a per-socket timestamp offset")
added the main infrastructure that is needed for per-connection ts
randomization, in particular writing/reading the on-wire tcp header
format takes the offset into account so rest of stack can use normal
tcp_time_stamp (jiffies).
So only two items are left:
- add a tsoffset for request sockets
- extend the tcp isn generator to also return another 32bit number
in addition to the ISN.
Re-use of ISN generator also means timestamps are still monotonically
increasing for same connection quadruple, i.e. PAWS will still work.
Includes fixes from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
This is a large batch of Netfilter fixes for net, they are:
1) Three patches to fix NAT conversion to rhashtable: Switch to rhlist
structure that allows to have several objects with the same key.
Moreover, fix wrong comparison logic in nf_nat_bysource_cmp() as this is
expecting a return value similar to memcmp(). Change location of
the nat_bysource field in the nf_conn structure to avoid zeroing
this as it breaks interaction with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and lead us
to crashes. From Florian Westphal.
2) Don't allow malformed fragments go through in IPv6, drop them,
otherwise we hit GPF, patch from Florian Westphal.
3) Fix crash if attributes are missing in nft_range, from Liping Zhang.
4) Fix arptables 32-bits userspace 64-bits kernel compat, from Hongxu Jia.
5) Two patches from David Ahern to fix netfilter interaction with vrf.
From David Ahern.
6) Fix element timeout calculation in nf_tables, we take milliseconds
from userspace, but we use jiffies from kernelspace. Patch from
Anders K. Pedersen.
7) Missing validation length netlink attribute for nft_hash, from
Laura Garcia.
8) Fix nf_conntrack_helper documentation, we don't default to off
anymore for a bit of time so let's get this in sync with the code.
I know is late but I think these are important, specifically the NAT
bits, as they are mostly addressing fallout from recent changes. I also
read there are chances to have -rc8, if that is the case, that would
also give us a bit more time to test this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Socket flags aren't updated atomically, so the socket must be locked
while reading the SOCK_ZAPPED flag.
This issue exists for both l2tp_ip and l2tp_ip6. For IPv6, this patch
also brings error handling for __ip6_datagram_connect() failures.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch measures TCP busy time, which is defined as the period
of time when sender has data (or FIN) to send. The time starts when
data is buffered and stops when the write queue is flushed by ACKs
or error events.
Note the busy time does not include SYN time, unless data is
included in SYN (i.e. Fast Open). It does include FIN time even
if the FIN carries no payload. Excluding pure FIN is possible but
would incur one additional test in the fast path, which may not
be worth it.
Signed-off-by: Francis Yan <francisyyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the skeleton of the TCP chronograph
instrumentation on sender side limits:
1) idle (unspec)
2) busy sending data other than 3-4 below
3) rwnd-limited
4) sndbuf-limited
The limits are enumerated 'tcp_chrono'. Since a connection in
theory can idle forever, we do not track the actual length of this
uninteresting idle period. For the rest we track how long the sender
spends in each limit. At any point during the life time of a
connection, the sender must be in one of the four states.
If there are multiple conditions worthy of tracking in a chronograph
then the highest priority enum takes precedence over
the other conditions. So that if something "more interesting"
starts happening, stop the previous chrono and start a new one.
The time unit is jiffy(u32) in order to save space in tcp_sock.
This implies application must sample the stats no longer than every
49 days of 1ms jiffy.
Signed-off-by: Francis Yan <francisyyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bluetooth.h is not part of user API, so __ variants are not neccessary
here.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
udplite conflict is resolved by taking what 'net-next' did
which removed the backlog receive method assignment, since
it is no longer necessary.
Two entries were added to the non-priv ethtool operations
switch statement, one in 'net' and one in 'net-next, so
simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the
TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering.
The supported modes: none, link, network, transport.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stas Nichiporovich reports oops in nf_nat_bysource_cmp(), trying to
access nf_conn struct at address 0xffffffffffffff50.
This is the result of fetching a null rhash list (struct embedded at
offset 176; 0 - 176 gets us ...fff50).
The problem is that conntrack entries are allocated from a
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU cache, i.e. entries can be free'd and reused
on another cpu while nf nat bysource hash access the same conntrack entry.
Freeing is fine (we hold rcu read lock); zeroing rhlist_head isn't.
-> Move the rhlist struct outside of the memset()-inited area.
Fixes: 7c96643519 ("netfilter: move nat hlist_head to nf_conn")
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As Liping Zhang reports, after commit a8b1e36d0d ("netfilter: nft_dynset:
fix element timeout for HZ != 1000"), priv->timeout was stored in jiffies,
while set->timeout was stored in milliseconds. This is inconsistent and
incorrect.
Firstly, we already call msecs_to_jiffies in nft_set_elem_init, so
priv->timeout will be converted to jiffies twice.
Secondly, if the user did not specify the NFTA_DYNSET_TIMEOUT attr,
set->timeout will be used, but we forget to call msecs_to_jiffies
when do update elements.
Fix this by using jiffies internally for traditional sets and doing the
conversions to/from msec when interacting with userspace - as dynset
already does.
This is preferable to doing the conversions, when elements are inserted or
updated, because this can happen very frequently on busy dynsets.
Fixes: a8b1e36d0d ("netfilter: nft_dynset: fix element timeout for HZ != 1000")
Reported-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anders K. Pedersen <akp@cohaesio.com>
Acked-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
I got offlist bug report about failing connections and high cpu usage.
This happens because we hit 'elasticity' checks in rhashtable that
refuses bucket list exceeding 16 entries.
The nat bysrc hash unfortunately needs to insert distinct objects that
share same key and are identical (have same source tuple), this cannot
be avoided.
Switch to the rhlist interface which is designed for this.
The nulls_base is removed here, I don't think its needed:
A (unlikely) false positive results in unneeded port clash resolution,
a false negative results in packet drop during conntrack confirmation,
when we try to insert the duplicate into main conntrack hash table.
Tested by adding multiple ip addresses to host, then adding
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE
... and then creating multiple connections, from same source port but
different addresses:
for i in $(seq 2000 2032);do nc -p 1234 192.168.7.1 $i > /dev/null & done
(all of these then get hashed to same bysource slot)
Then, to test that nat conflict resultion is working:
nc -s 10.0.0.1 -p 1234 192.168.7.1 2000
nc -s 10.0.0.2 -p 1234 192.168.7.1 2000
tcp .. src=10.0.0.1 dst=192.168.7.1 sport=1234 dport=2000 src=192.168.7.1 dst=192.168.7.10 sport=2000 dport=1024 [ASSURED]
tcp .. src=10.0.0.2 dst=192.168.7.1 sport=1234 dport=2000 src=192.168.7.1 dst=192.168.7.10 sport=2000 dport=1025 [ASSURED]
tcp .. src=192.168.7.10 dst=192.168.7.1 sport=1234 dport=2000 src=192.168.7.1 dst=192.168.7.10 sport=2000 dport=1234 [ASSURED]
tcp .. src=192.168.7.10 dst=192.168.7.1 sport=1234 dport=2001 src=192.168.7.1 dst=192.168.7.10 sport=2001 dport=1234 [ASSURED]
[..]
-> nat altered source ports to 1024 and 1025, respectively.
This can also be confirmed on destination host which shows
ESTAB 0 0 192.168.7.1:2000 192.168.7.10:1024
ESTAB 0 0 192.168.7.1:2000 192.168.7.10:1025
ESTAB 0 0 192.168.7.1:2000 192.168.7.10:1234
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Fixes: 870190a9ec ("netfilter: nat: convert nat bysrc hash to rhashtable")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The hci_get_route() API is used to look up local HCI devices, however
so far it has been incapable of dealing with anything else than the
public address of HCI devices. This completely breaks with LE-only HCI
devices that do not come with a public address, but use a static
random address instead.
This patch exteds the hci_get_route() API with a src_type parameter
that's used for comparing with the right address of each HCI device.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All conflicts were simple overlapping changes except perhaps
for the Thunder driver.
That driver has a change_mtu method explicitly for sending
a message to the hardware. If that fails it returns an
error.
Normally a driver doesn't need an ndo_change_mtu method becuase those
are usually just range changes, which are now handled generically.
But since this extra operation is needed in the Thunder driver, it has
to stay.
However, if the message send fails we have to restore the original
MTU before the change because the entire call chain expects that if
an error is thrown by ndo_change_mtu then the MTU did not change.
Therefore code is added to nicvf_change_mtu to remember the original
MTU, and to restore it upon nicvf_update_hw_max_frs() failue.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The undo_cwnd fallback in the stack doubles cwnd based on ssthresh,
which un-does reno halving behaviour.
It seems more appropriate to let congctl algorithms pair .ssthresh
and .undo_cwnd properly. Add a 'tcp_reno_undo_cwnd' function and wire it
up for all congestion algorithms that used to rely on the fallback.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The argument to get_net_ns_by_fd() is a /proc/$PID/ns/net file
descriptor not a pid. Fix the typo.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Rami Rosen <roszenrami@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make struct pernet_operations::id unsigned.
There are 2 reasons to do so:
1)
This field is really an index into an zero based array and
thus is unsigned entity. Using negative value is out-of-bound
access by definition.
2)
On x86_64 unsigned 32-bit data which are mixed with pointers
via array indexing or offsets added or subtracted to pointers
are preffered to signed 32-bit data.
"int" being used as an array index needs to be sign-extended
to 64-bit before being used.
void f(long *p, int i)
{
g(p[i]);
}
roughly translates to
movsx rsi, esi
mov rdi, [rsi+...]
call g
MOVSX is 3 byte instruction which isn't necessary if the variable is
unsigned because x86_64 is zero extending by default.
Now, there is net_generic() function which, you guessed it right, uses
"int" as an array index:
static inline void *net_generic(const struct net *net, int id)
{
...
ptr = ng->ptr[id - 1];
...
}
And this function is used a lot, so those sign extensions add up.
Patch snipes ~1730 bytes on allyesconfig kernel (without all junk
messing with code generation):
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 70/598 up/down: 396/-2126 (-1730)
Unfortunately some functions actually grow bigger.
This is a semmingly random artefact of code generation with register
allocator being used differently. gcc decides that some variable
needs to live in new r8+ registers and every access now requires REX
prefix. Or it is shifted into r12, so [r12+0] addressing mode has to be
used which is longer than [r8]
However, overall balance is in negative direction:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 70/598 up/down: 396/-2126 (-1730)
function old new delta
nfsd4_lock 3886 3959 +73
tipc_link_build_proto_msg 1096 1140 +44
mac80211_hwsim_new_radio 2776 2808 +32
tipc_mon_rcv 1032 1058 +26
svcauth_gss_legacy_init 1413 1429 +16
tipc_bcbase_select_primary 379 392 +13
nfsd4_exchange_id 1247 1260 +13
nfsd4_setclientid_confirm 782 793 +11
...
put_client_renew_locked 494 480 -14
ip_set_sockfn_get 730 716 -14
geneve_sock_add 829 813 -16
nfsd4_sequence_done 721 703 -18
nlmclnt_lookup_host 708 686 -22
nfsd4_lockt 1085 1063 -22
nfs_get_client 1077 1050 -27
tcf_bpf_init 1106 1076 -30
nfsd4_encode_fattr 5997 5930 -67
Total: Before=154856051, After=154854321, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP busy polling is restricted to connected UDP sockets.
This is because sk_busy_loop() only takes care of one NAPI context.
There are cases where it could be extended.
1) Some hosts receive traffic on a single NIC, with one RX queue.
2) Some applications use SO_REUSEPORT and associated BPF filter
to split the incoming traffic on one UDP socket per RX
queue/thread/cpu
3) Some UDP sockets are used to send/receive traffic for one flow, but
they do not bother with connect()
This patch records the napi_id of first received skb, giving more
reach to busy polling.
Tested:
lpaa23:~# echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa24:~# echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa23:~# for f in `seq 1 10`; do ./super_netperf 1 -H lpaa24 -t UDP_RR -l 5; done
Before patch :
27867 28870 37324 41060 41215
36764 36838 44455 41282 43843
After patch :
73920 73213 70147 74845 71697
68315 68028 75219 70082 73707
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp transport rhashtable uses hash(lport, dport, daddr) as the key
to hash a node to one chain. If in one host thousands of assocs connect
to one server with the same lport and different laddrs (although it's
not a normal case), all the transports would be hashed into the same
chain.
It may cause to keep returning -EBUSY when inserting a new node, as the
chain is too long and sctp inserts a transport node in a loop, which
could even lead to system hangs there.
The new rhlist interface works for this case that there are many nodes
with the same key in one chain. It puts them into a list then makes this
list be as a node of the chain.
This patch is to replace rhashtable_ interface with rhltable_ interface.
Since a chain would not be too long and it would not return -EBUSY with
this fix when inserting a node, the reinsert loop is also removed here.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the lwtunnel_headroom() function which is called
in ipv4_mtu() and ip6_mtu(), to also return the correct headroom
value when the lwtunnel state is OUTPUT_REDIRECT.
This patch enables e.g. SR-IPv6 encapsulations to work without
manually setting the route mtu.
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sk_busy_loop() can schedule by itself, we can remove
need_resched() check from sk_can_busy_loop()
Also add a const to its struct sock parameter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch that removed the FIB offload infrastructure was a bit too
aggressive and also removed code needed to clean up us splitting the table
if additional rules were added. Specifically the function
fib_trie_flush_external was called at the end of a new rule being added to
flush the foreign trie entries from the main trie.
I updated the code so that we only call fib_trie_flush_external on the main
table so that we flush the entries for local from main. This way we don't
call it for every rule change which is what was happening previously.
Fixes: 347e3b28c1 ("switchdev: remove FIB offload infrastructure")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rolf Neugebauer reported very long delays at netns dismantle.
Eric W. Biederman was kind enough to look at this problem
and noticed synchronize_net() occurring from netif_napi_del() that was
added in linux-4.5
Busy polling makes no sense for tunnels NAPI.
If busy poll is used for sessions over tunnels, the poller will need to
poll the physical device queue anyway.
netif_tx_napi_add() could be used here, but function name is misleading,
and renaming it is not stable material, so set NAPI_STATE_NO_BUSY_POLL
bit directly.
This will avoid inserting gro_cells napi structures in napi_hash[]
and avoid the problematic synchronize_net() (per possible cpu) that
Rolf reported.
Fixes: 93d05d4a32 ("net: provide generic busy polling to all NAPI drivers")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Rolf Neugebauer <rolf.neugebauer@docker.com>
Reported-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rolf Neugebauer <rolf.neugebauer@docker.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 850cbaddb5 ("udp: use it's own memory accounting schema")
assumes that the socket proto has memory accounting enabled,
but this is not the case for UDPLITE.
Fix it enabling memory accounting for UDPLITE and performing
fwd allocated memory reclaiming on socket shutdown.
UDP and UDPLITE share now the same memory accounting limits.
Also drop the backlog receive operation, since is no more needed.
Fixes: 850cbaddb5 ("udp: use it's own memory accounting schema")
Reported-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 14135f30e3 ("inet: fix sleeping inside inet_wait_for_connect()"),
sk_wait_event() needs to fix too, because release_sock() is blocking,
it changes the process state back to running after sleep, which breaks
the previous prepare_to_wait().
Switch to the new wait API.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains a second batch of Netfilter updates for
your net-next tree. This includes a rework of the core hook
infrastructure that improves Netfilter performance by ~15% according to
synthetic benchmarks. Then, a large batch with ipset updates, including
a new hash:ipmac set type, via Jozsef Kadlecsik. This also includes a
couple of assorted updates.
Regarding the core hook infrastructure rework to improve performance,
using this simple drop-all packets ruleset from ingress:
nft add table netdev x
nft add chain netdev x y { type filter hook ingress device eth0 priority 0\; }
nft add rule netdev x y drop
And generating traffic through Jesper Brouer's
samples/pktgen/pktgen_bench_xmit_mode_netif_receive.sh script using -i
option. perf report shows nf_tables calls in its top 10:
17.30% kpktgend_0 [nf_tables] [k] nft_do_chain
15.75% kpktgend_0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
10.39% kpktgend_0 [nf_tables_netdev] [k] nft_do_chain_netdev
I'm measuring here an improvement of ~15% in performance with this
patchset, so we got +2.5Mpps more. I have used my old laptop Intel(R)
Core(TM) i5-3320M CPU @ 2.60GHz 4-cores.
This rework contains more specifically, in strict order, these patches:
1) Remove compile-time debugging from core.
2) Remove obsolete comments that predate the rcu era. These days it is
well known that a Netfilter hook always runs under rcu_read_lock().
3) Remove threshold handling, this is only used by br_netfilter too.
We already have specific code to handle this from br_netfilter,
so remove this code from the core path.
4) Deprecate NF_STOP, as this is only used by br_netfilter.
5) Place nf_state_hook pointer into xt_action_param structure, so
this structure fits into one single cacheline according to pahole.
This also implicit affects nftables since it also relies on the
xt_action_param structure.
6) Move state->hook_entries into nf_queue entry. The hook_entries
pointer is only required by nf_queue(), so we can store this in the
queue entry instead.
7) use switch() statement to handle verdict cases.
8) Remove hook_entries field from nf_hook_state structure, this is only
required by nf_queue, so store it in nf_queue_entry structure.
9) Merge nf_iterate() into nf_hook_slow() that results in a much more
simple and readable function.
10) Handle NF_REPEAT away from the core, so far the only client is
nf_conntrack_in() and we can restart the packet processing using a
simple goto to jump back there when the TCP requires it.
This update required a second pass to fix fallout, fix from
Arnd Bergmann.
11) Set random seed from nft_hash when no seed is specified from
userspace.
12) Simplify nf_tables expression registration, in a much smarter way
to save lots of boiler plate code, by Liping Zhang.
13) Simplify layer 4 protocol conntrack tracker registration, from
Davide Caratti.
14) Missing CONFIG_NF_SOCKET_IPV4 dependency for udp4_lib_lookup, due
to recent generalization of the socket infrastructure, from Arnd
Bergmann.
15) Then, the ipset batch from Jozsef, he describes it as it follows:
* Cleanup: Remove extra whitespaces in ip_set.h
* Cleanup: Mark some of the helpers arguments as const in ip_set.h
* Cleanup: Group counter helper functions together in ip_set.h
* struct ip_set_skbinfo is introduced instead of open coded fields
in skbinfo get/init helper funcions.
* Use kmalloc() in comment extension helper instead of kzalloc()
because it is unnecessary to zero out the area just before
explicit initialization.
* Cleanup: Split extensions into separate files.
* Cleanup: Separate memsize calculation code into dedicated function.
* Cleanup: group ip_set_put_extensions() and ip_set_get_extensions()
together.
* Add element count to hash headers by Eric B Munson.
* Add element count to all set types header for uniform output
across all set types.
* Count non-static extension memory into memsize calculation for
userspace.
* Cleanup: Remove redundant mtype_expire() arguments, because
they can be get from other parameters.
* Cleanup: Simplify mtype_expire() for hash types by removing
one level of intendation.
* Make NLEN compile time constant for hash types.
* Make sure element data size is a multiple of u32 for the hash set
types.
* Optimize hash creation routine, exit as early as possible.
* Make struct htype per ipset family so nets array becomes fixed size
and thus simplifies the struct htype allocation.
* Collapse same condition body into a single one.
* Fix reported memory size for hash:* types, base hash bucket structure
was not taken into account.
* hash:ipmac type support added to ipset by Tomasz Chilinski.
* Use setup_timer() and mod_timer() instead of init_timer()
by Muhammad Falak R Wani, individually for the set type families.
16) Remove useless connlabel field in struct netns_ct, patch from
Florian Westphal.
17) xt_find_table_lock() doesn't return ERR_PTR() anymore, so simplify
{ip,ip6,arp}tables code that uses this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since 23014011ba ('netfilter: conntrack: support a fixed size of 128 distinct labels')
this isn't needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With syzkaller help, Marco Grassi found a bug in TCP stack,
crashing in tcp_collapse()
Root cause is that sk_filter() can truncate the incoming skb,
but TCP stack was not really expecting this to happen.
It probably was expecting a simple DROP or ACCEPT behavior.
We first need to make sure no part of TCP header could be removed.
Then we need to adjust TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->end_seq
Many thanks to syzkaller team and Marco for giving us a reproducer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Marco Grassi <marco.gra@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Vladis Dronov <vdronov@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idr_alloc(), idr_remove(), et al. routines all expect IDs to be
signed integers. Therefore make the genl_family member 'id' signed
too.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_act macro addressed a non existing field, and was not used in the
kernel source.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares for insertion of SRH through setsockopt().
The new source address argument is used when an HMAC field is
present in the SRH, which must be filled. The HMAC signature
process requires the source address as input text.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the necessary functions to compute and check the HMAC signature
of an SR-enabled packet. Two HMAC algorithms are supported: hmac(sha1) and
hmac(sha256).
In order to avoid dynamic memory allocation for each HMAC computation,
a per-cpu ring buffer is allocated for this purpose.
A new per-interface sysctl called seg6_require_hmac is added, allowing a
user-defined policy for processing HMAC-signed SR-enabled packets.
A value of -1 means that the HMAC field will always be ignored.
A value of 0 means that if an HMAC field is present, its validity will
be enforced (the packet is dropped is the signature is incorrect).
Finally, a value of 1 means that any SR-enabled packet that does not
contain an HMAC signature or whose signature is incorrect will be dropped.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates a new type of interfaceless lightweight tunnel (SEG6),
enabling the encapsulation and injection of SRH within locally emitted
packets and forwarded packets.
>From a configuration viewpoint, a seg6 tunnel would be configured as follows:
ip -6 ro ad fc00::1/128 encap seg6 mode encap segs fc42::1,fc42::2,fc42::3 dev eth0
Any packet whose destination address is fc00::1 would thus be encapsulated
within an outer IPv6 header containing the SRH with three segments, and would
actually be routed to the first segment of the list. If `mode inline' was
specified instead of `mode encap', then the SRH would be directly inserted
after the IPv6 header without outer encapsulation.
The inline mode is only available if CONFIG_IPV6_SEG6_INLINE is enabled. This
feature was made configurable because direct header insertion may break
several mechanisms such as PMTUD or IPSec AH.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the necessary hooks and structures to provide support
for SR-IPv6 control plane, essentially the Generic Netlink commands
that will be used for userspace control over the Segment Routing
kernel structures.
The genetlink commands provide control over two different structures:
tunnel source and HMAC data. The tunnel source is the source address
that will be used by default when encapsulating packets into an
outer IPv6 header + SRH. If the tunnel source is set to :: then an
address of the outgoing interface will be selected as the source.
The HMAC commands currently just return ENOTSUPP and will be implemented
in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement minimal support for processing of SR-enabled packets
as described in
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6man-segment-routing-header-02.
This patch implements the following operations:
- Intermediate segment endpoint: incrementation of active segment and rerouting.
- Egress for SR-encapsulated packets: decapsulation of outer IPv6 header + SRH
and routing of inner packet.
- Cleanup flag support for SR-inlined packets: removal of SRH if we are the
penultimate segment endpoint.
A per-interface sysctl seg6_enabled is provided, to accept/deny SR-enabled
packets. Default is deny.
This patch does not provide support for HMAC-signed packets.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains a larger than usual batch of Netfilter
fixes for your net tree. This series contains a mixture of old bugs and
recently introduced bugs, they are:
1) Fix a crash when using nft_dynset with nft_set_rbtree, which doesn't
support the set element updates from the packet path. From Liping
Zhang.
2) Fix leak when nft_expr_clone() fails, from Liping Zhang.
3) Fix a race when inserting new elements to the set hash from the
packet path, also from Liping.
4) Handle segmented TCP SIP packets properly, basically avoid that the
INVITE in the allow header create bogus expectations by performing
stricter SIP message parsing, from Ulrich Weber.
5) nft_parse_u32_check() should return signed integer for errors, from
John Linville.
6) Fix wrong allocation instead of connlabels, allocate 16 instead of
32 bytes, from Florian Westphal.
7) Fix compilation breakage when building the ip_vs_sync code with
CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING on x86, from Arnd Bergmann.
8) Destroy the new set if the transaction object cannot be allocated,
also from Liping Zhang.
9) Use device to route duplicated packets via nft_dup only when set by
the user, otherwise packets may not follow the right route, again
from Liping.
10) Fix wrong maximum genetlink attribute definition in IPVS, from
WANG Cong.
11) Ignore untracked conntrack objects from xt_connmark, from Florian
Westphal.
12) Allow to use conntrack helpers that are registered NFPROTO_UNSPEC
via CT target, otherwise we cannot use the h.245 helper, from
Florian.
13) Revisit garbage collection heuristic in the new workqueue-based
timer approach for conntrack to evict objects earlier, again from
Florian.
14) Fix crash in nf_tables when inserting an element into a verdict map,
from Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
modify registration and deregistration of layer-4 protocol trackers to
facilitate inclusion of new elements into the current list of builtin
protocols. Both builtin (TCP, UDP, ICMP) and non-builtin (DCCP, GRE, SCTP,
UDPlite) layer-4 protocol trackers usually register/deregister themselves
using consecutive calls to nf_ct_l4proto_{,pernet}_{,un}register(...).
This sequence is interrupted and rolled back in case of error; in order to
simplify addition of builtin protocols, the input of the above functions
has been modified to allow registering/unregistering multiple protocols.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Install the callbacks via the state machine. Use multi state support to avoid
custom list handling for the multiple instances.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rt@linutronix.de
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161103145021.28528-10-bigeasy@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Some basic expressions are built into nf_tables.ko, such as nft_cmp,
nft_lookup, nft_range and so on. But these basic expressions' init
routine is a little ugly, too many goto errX labels, and we forget
to call nft_range_module_exit in the exit routine, although it is
harmless.
Acctually, the init and exit routines of these basic expressions
are same, i.e. do nft_register_expr in the init routine and do
nft_unregister_expr in the exit routine.
So it's better to arrange them into an array and deal with them
together.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add dst port parameter to __ip_tun_set_dst and __ipv6_tun_set_dst
utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current IP tunneling classification supports only IP addresses and key.
Enhance UDP based IP tunneling classification parameters by adding UDP
src and dst port.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New encapsulation keys were added to the flower classifier, which allow
classification according to outer (encapsulation) headers attributes
such as key and IP addresses.
In order to expose those attributes outside flower, add
corresponding enums in the flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed for drivers to pick the relevant action when offloading tunnel
key act.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default TX queue length of Ethernet devices have been a magic
constant of 1000, ever since the initial git import.
Looking back in historical trees[1][2] the value used to be 100,
with the same comment "Ethernet wants good queues". The commit[3]
that changed this from 100 to 1000 didn't describe why, but from
conversations with Robert Olsson it seems that it was changed
when Ethernet devices went from 100Mbit/s to 1Gbit/s, because the
link speed increased x10 the queue size were also adjusted. This
value later caused much heartache for the bufferbloat community.
This patch merely moves the value into a defined constant.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/davem/netdev-vger-cvs.git/
[2] https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/tglx/history.git/
[3] https://git.kernel.org/tglx/history/c/98921832c232
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new argument is added to __skb_recv_datagram to provide
an explicit skb destructor, invoked under the receive queue
lock.
The UDP protocol uses such argument to perform memory
reclaiming on dequeue, so that the UDP protocol does not
set anymore skb->desctructor.
Instead explicit memory reclaiming is performed at close() time and
when skbs are removed from the receive queue.
The in kernel UDP protocol users now need to call a
skb_recv_udp() variant instead of skb_recv_datagram() to
properly perform memory accounting on dequeue.
Overall, this allows acquiring only once the receive queue
lock on dequeue.
Tested using pktgen with random src port, 64 bytes packet,
wire-speed on a 10G link as sender and udp_sink as the receiver,
using an l4 tuple rxhash to stress the contention, and one or more
udp_sink instances with reuseport.
nr sinks vanilla patched
1 440 560
3 2150 2300
6 3650 3800
9 4450 4600
12 6250 6450
v1 -> v2:
- do rmem and allocated memory scheduling under the receive lock
- do bulk scheduling in first_packet_length() and in udp_destruct_sock()
- avoid the typdef for the dequeue callback
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can use it even after orphaining the skbuff.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use the UID in routing lookups made by protocol connect() and
sendmsg() functions.
- Make sure that routing lookups triggered by incoming packets
(e.g., Path MTU discovery) take the UID of the socket into
account.
- For packets not associated with a userspace socket, (e.g., ping
replies) use UID 0 inside the user namespace corresponding to
the network namespace the socket belongs to. This allows
all namespaces to apply routing and iptables rules to
kernel-originated traffic in that namespaces by matching UID 0.
This is better than using the UID of the kernel socket that is
sending the traffic, because the UID of kernel sockets created
at namespace creation time (e.g., the per-processor ICMP and
TCP sockets) is the UID of the user that created the socket,
which might not be mapped in the namespace.
Tested: compiles allnoconfig, allyesconfig, allmodconfig
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/253302
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Define a new FIB rule attributes, FRA_UID_RANGE, to describe a
range of UIDs.
- Define a RTA_UID attribute for per-UID route lookups and dumps.
- Support passing these attributes to and from userspace via
rtnetlink. The value INVALID_UID indicates no UID was
specified.
- Add a UID field to the flow structures.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocol sockets (struct sock) don't have UIDs, but most of the
time, they map 1:1 to userspace sockets (struct socket) which do.
Various operations such as the iptables xt_owner match need
access to the "UID of a socket", and do so by following the
backpointer to the struct socket. This involves taking
sk_callback_lock and doesn't work when there is no socket
because userspace has already called close().
Simplify this by adding a sk_uid field to struct sock whose value
matches the UID of the corresponding struct socket. The semantics
are as follows:
1. Whenever sk_socket is non-null: sk_uid is the same as the UID
in sk_socket, i.e., matches the return value of sock_i_uid.
Specifically, the UID is set when userspace calls socket(),
fchown(), or accept().
2. When sk_socket is NULL, sk_uid is defined as follows:
- For a socket that no longer has a sk_socket because
userspace has called close(): the previous UID.
- For a cloned socket (e.g., an incoming connection that is
established but on which userspace has not yet called
accept): the UID of the socket it was cloned from.
- For a socket that has never had an sk_socket: UID 0 inside
the user namespace corresponding to the network namespace
the socket belongs to.
Kernel sockets created by sock_create_kern are a special case
of #1 and sk_uid is the user that created them. For kernel
sockets created at network namespace creation time, such as the
per-processor ICMP and TCP sockets, this is the user that created
the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some configurations (e.g. geneve interface with default
MTU of 1500 over an ethernet interface with 1500 MTU) result
in the transmission of packets that exceed the configured MTU.
While this should be considered to be a "bad" configuration,
it is still allowed and should not result in the sending
of packets that exceed the configured MTU.
Fix by dropping the assumption in ip_finish_output_gso() that
locally originated gso packets will never need fragmentation.
Basic testing using iperf (observing CPU usage and bandwidth)
have shown no measurable performance impact for traffic not
requiring fragmentation.
Fixes: c7ba65d7b6 ("net: ip: push gso skb forwarding handling down the stack")
Reported-by: Jan Tluka <jtluka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP stack records the largest fragment of a reassembled packet
in IPCB(skb)->frag_max_size. When reading a datagram or raw packet
that arrived fragmented, expose the value to allow applications to
estimate receive path MTU.
Tested:
Sent data over a veth pair of which the source has a small mtu.
Sent data using netcat, received using a dedicated process.
Verified that the cmsg IP_RECVFRAGSIZE is returned only when
data arrives fragmented, and in that cases matches the veth mtu.
ip link add veth0 type veth peer name veth1
ip netns add from
ip netns add to
ip link set dev veth1 netns to
ip netns exec to ip addr add dev veth1 192.168.10.1/24
ip netns exec to ip link set dev veth1 up
ip link set dev veth0 netns from
ip netns exec from ip addr add dev veth0 192.168.10.2/24
ip netns exec from ip link set dev veth0 up
ip netns exec from ip link set dev veth0 mtu 1300
ip netns exec from ethtool -K veth0 ufo off
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1400 2>/dev/null > payload
ip netns exec to ./recv_cmsg_recvfragsize -4 -u -p 6000 &
ip netns exec from nc -q 1 -u 192.168.10.1 6000 < payload
using github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/blob/master/tests/recvfragsize.c
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field is only useful for nf_queue, so store it in the
nf_queue_entry structure instead, away from the core path. Pass
hook_head to nf_hook_slow().
Since we always have a valid entry on the first iteration in
nf_iterate(), we can use 'do { ... } while (entry)' loop instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Don't copy relevant fields from hook state structure, instead use the
one that is already available in struct xt_action_param.
This patch also adds a set of new wrapper functions to fetch relevant
hook state structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Place pointer to hook state in xt_action_param structure instead of
copying the fields that we need. After this change xt_action_param fits
into one cacheline.
This patch also adds a set of new wrapper functions to fetch relevant
hook state structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb->cb may contain data from previous layers. In the observed scenario,
the garbage data were misinterpreted as IP6CB(skb)->frag_max_size, so
that small packets sent through the tunnel are mistakenly fragmented.
This patch unconditionally clears the control buffer in ip6tunnel_xmit(),
which affects ip6_tunnel, ip6_udp_tunnel and ip6_gre. Currently none of
these tunnels set IP6CB(skb)->flags, otherwise it needs to be done earlier.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eli Cooper <elicooper@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. This includes better integration with the routing subsystem for
nf_tables, explicit notrack support and smaller updates. More
specifically, they are:
1) Add fib lookup expression for nf_tables, from Florian Westphal. This
new expression provides a native replacement for iptables addrtype
and rp_filter matches. This is more flexible though, since we can
populate the kernel flowi representation to inquire fib to
accomodate new usecases, such as RTBH through skb mark.
2) Introduce rt expression for nf_tables, from Anders K. Pedersen. This
new expression allow you to access skbuff route metadata, more
specifically nexthop and classid fields.
3) Add notrack support for nf_tables, to skip conntracking, requested by
many users already.
4) Add boilerplate code to allow to use nf_log infrastructure from
nf_tables ingress.
5) Allow to mangle pkttype from nf_tables prerouting chain, to emulate
the xtables cluster match, from Liping Zhang.
6) Move socket lookup code into generic nf_socket_* infrastructure so
we can provide a native replacement for the xtables socket match.
7) Make sure nfnetlink_queue data that is updated on every packets is
placed in a different cache from read-only data, from Florian Westphal.
8) Handle NF_STOLEN from nf_tables core, also from Florian Westphal.
9) Start round robin number generation in nft_numgen from zero,
instead of n-1, for consistency with xtables statistics match,
patch from Liping Zhang.
10) Set GFP_NOWARN flag in skbuff netlink allocations in nfnetlink_log,
given we retry with a smaller allocation on failure, from Calvin Owens.
11) Cleanup xt_multiport to use switch(), from Gao feng.
12) Remove superfluous check in nft_immediate and nft_cmp, from
Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move layer 2 packet logging into nf_log_l2packet() that resides in
nf_log_common.c, so this can be shared by both bridge and netdev
families.
This patch adds the boiler plate code to register the netdev logging
family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add FIB expression, supported for ipv4, ipv6 and inet family (the latter
just dispatches to ipv4 or ipv6 one based on nfproto).
Currently supports fetching output interface index/name and the
rtm_type associated with an address.
This can be used for adding path filtering. rtm_type is useful
to e.g. enforce a strong-end host model where packets
are only accepted if daddr is configured on the interface the
packet arrived on.
The fib expression is a native nftables alternative to the
xtables addrtype and rp_filter matches.
FIB result order for oif/oifname retrieval is as follows:
- if packet is local (skb has rtable, RTF_LOCAL set, this
will also catch looped-back multicast packets), set oif to
the loopback interface.
- if fib lookup returns an error, or result points to local,
store zero result. This means '--local' option of -m rpfilter
is not supported. It is possible to use 'fib type local' or add
explicit saddr/daddr matching rules to create exceptions if this
is really needed.
- store result in the destination register.
In case of multiple routes, search set for desired oif in case
strict matching is requested.
ipv4 and ipv6 behave fib expressions are supposed to behave the same.
[ I have collapsed Arnd Bergmann's ("netfilter: nf_tables: fib warnings")
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/688615/
to address fallout from this patch after rebasing nf-next, that was
posted to address compilation warnings. --pablo ]
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Systems with large pages (64KB pages for example) do not always have
huge quantity of memory.
A big SK_MEM_QUANTUM value leads to fewer interactions with the
global counters (like tcp_memory_allocated) but might trigger
memory pressure much faster, giving suboptimal TCP performance
since windows are lowered to ridiculous values.
Note that sysctl_mem units being in pages and in ABI, we also need
to change sk_prot_mem_limits() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch, in rx path, before calling lock_sock, it needed to
hold assoc when got it by __sctp_lookup_association, in case other place
would free/put assoc.
But in __sctp_lookup_association, it lookup and hold transport, then got
assoc by transport->assoc, then hold assoc and put transport. It means
it didn't hold transport, yet it was returned and later on directly
assigned to chunk->transport.
Without the protection of sock lock, the transport may be freed/put by
other places, which would cause a use-after-free issue.
This patch is to fix this issue by holding transport instead of assoc.
As holding transport can make sure to access assoc is also safe, and
actually it looks up assoc by searching transport rhashtable, to hold
transport here makes more sense.
Note that the function will be renamed later on on another patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of fixes, mostly drivers as is usually the case.
1) Don't treat zero DMA address as invalid in vmxnet3, from Alexey
Khoroshilov.
2) Fix element timeouts in netfilter's nft_dynset, from Anders K.
Pedersen.
3) Don't put aead_req crypto struct on the stack in mac80211, from
Ard Biesheuvel.
4) Several uninitialized variable warning fixes from Arnd Bergmann.
5) Fix memory leak in cxgb4, from Colin Ian King.
6) Fix bpf handling of VLAN header push/pop, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Several VRF semantic fixes from David Ahern.
8) Set skb->protocol properly in ip6_tnl_xmit(), from Eli Cooper.
9) Socket needs to be locked in udp_disconnect(), from Eric Dumazet.
10) Div-by-zero on 32-bit fix in mlx4 driver, from Eugenia Emantayev.
11) Fix stale link state during failover in NCSCI driver, from Gavin
Shan.
12) Fix netdev lower adjacency list traversal, from Ido Schimmel.
13) Propvide proper handle when emitting notifications of filter
deletes, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
14) Memory leaks and big-endian issues in rtl8xxxu, from Jes Sorensen.
15) Fix DESYNC_FACTOR handling in ipv6, from Jiri Bohac.
16) Several routing offload fixes in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.
17) Fix broadcast sync problem in TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
18) Validate chunk len before using it in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
19) Revert a netns locking change that causes regressions, from Paul
Moore.
20) Add recursion limit to GRO handling, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) GFP_KERNEL in irq context fix in ibmvnic, from Thomas Falcon.
22) Avoid accessing stale vxlan/geneve socket in data path, from
Pravin Shelar"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (189 commits)
geneve: avoid using stale geneve socket.
vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.
qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
net: phy: dp83848: add dp83822 PHY support
enic: fix rq disable
tipc: fix broadcast link synchronization problem
ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
arch/powerpc: Update parameters for csum_tcpudp_magic & csum_tcpudp_nofold
net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
...
When vxlan device is closed vxlan socket is freed. This
operation can race with vxlan-xmit function which
dereferences vxlan socket. Following patch uses RCU
mechanism to avoid this situation.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SjfQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-10-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Among various cleanups and improvements, we have the following:
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* a fix to process all events while suspending, so any
potential calls into the driver are done before it is
suspended
* small markup fixes for the sphinx documentation conversion
that's coming into the tree via the doc tree
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=toQY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-10-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just two fixes:
* a fix to process all events while suspending, so any
potential calls into the driver are done before it is
suspended
* small markup fixes for the sphinx documentation conversion
that's coming into the tree via the doc tree
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per listen(fd, backlog) rules, there is really no point accepting a SYN,
sending a SYNACK, and dropping the following ACK packet if accept queue
is full, because application is not draining accept queue fast enough.
This behavior is fooling TCP clients that believe they established a
flow, while there is nothing at server side. They might then send about
10 MSS (if using IW10) that will be dropped anyway while server is under
stress.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrap several common instances of:
kmemdup(nla_data(attr), nla_len(attr), GFP_KERNEL);
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, do not consider link state when validating next hops.
Currently, if the link is down default routes can fail to insert:
$ ip -6 ro add vrf blue default via 2100:2::64 dev eth2
RTNETLINK answers: No route to host
With this patch the command succeeds.
Fixes: 8c14586fc3 ("net: ipv6: Use passed in table for nexthop lookups")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_add_route_info and rt6_add_dflt_router were updated to pull the FIB
table from the device index, but the corresponding rt6_get_route_info
and rt6_get_dflt_router functions were not leading to the failure to
process RA's:
ICMPv6: RA: ndisc_router_discovery failed to add default route
Fix the 'get' functions by using the table id associated with the
device when applicable.
Also, now that default routes can be added to tables other than the
default table, rt6_purge_dflt_routers needs to be updated as well to
look at all tables. To handle that efficiently, add a flag to the table
denoting if it is has a default route via RA.
Fixes: ca254490c8 ("net: Add VRF support to IPv6 stack")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since generic netlink family IDs are small integers, allocated
densely, IDR is an ideal match for lookups. Replace the existing
hand-written hash-table with IDR for allocation and lookup.
This lets the families only be written to once, during register,
since the list_head can be removed and removal of a family won't
cause any writes.
It also slightly reduces the code size (by about 1.3k on x86-64).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize
the families, make all users initialize them statically and
get rid of the macros.
This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64
(with allyesconfig).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static family IDs have never really been used, the only
use case was the workaround I introduced for those users
that assumed their family ID was also their multicast
group ID.
Additionally, because static family IDs would never be
reserved by the generic netlink code, using a relatively
low ID would only work for built-in families that can be
registered immediately after generic netlink is started,
which is basically only the control family (apart from
the workaround code, which I also had to add code for so
it would reserve those IDs)
Thus, anything other than GENL_ID_GENERATE is flawed and
luckily not used except in the cases I mentioned. Move
those workarounds into a few lines of code, and then get
rid of GENL_ID_GENERATE entirely, making it more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helper function allows family implementations to access
their family's attrbuf. This gets rid of the attrbuf usage
in families, and also adds locking validation, since it's not
valid to use the attrbuf with parallel_ops or outside of the
dumpit callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user may want to use only some bits of the skb mark in
his skbedit rules because the remaining part might be used by
something else.
Introduce the "mask" parameter to the skbedit actor in order
to implement such functionality.
When the mask is specified, only those bits selected by the
latter are altered really changed by the actor, while the
rest is left untouched.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is now a fixed-size extension, so we don't need to pass a variable
alloc size. This (harmless) error results in allocating 32 instead of
the needed 16 bytes for this extension as the size gets passed twice.
Fixes: 23014011ba ("netfilter: conntrack: support a fixed size of 128 distinct labels")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 36b701fae1 ("netfilter: nf_tables: validate maximum value of
u32 netlink attributes") introduced nft_parse_u32_check with a return
value of "unsigned int", yet on error it returns "-ERANGE".
This patch corrects the mismatch by changing the return value to "int",
which happens to match the actual users of nft_parse_u32_check already.
Found by Coverity, CID 1373930.
Note that commit 21a9e0f156 ("netfilter: nft_exthdr: fix error
handling in nft_exthdr_init()) attempted to address the issue, but
did not address the return type of nft_parse_u32_check.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 36b701fae1 ("netfilter: nf_tables: validate maximum value...")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When nft_expr_clone failed, a series of problems will happen:
1. module refcnt will leak, we call __module_get at the beginning but
we forget to put it back if ops->clone returns fail
2. memory will be leaked, if clone fail, we just return NULL and forget
to free the alloced element
3. set->nelems will become incorrect when set->size is specified. If
clone fail, we should decrease the set->nelems
Now this patch fixes these problems. And fortunately, clone fail will
only happen on counter expression when memory is exhausted.
Fixes: 086f332167 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add clone interface to expression operations")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add functionality to update the connection parameters when in connected
state, so that driver/firmware uses the updated parameters for
subsequent roaming. This is for drivers that support internal BSS
selection and roaming. The new command does not change the current
association state, i.e., it can be used to update IE contents for future
(re)associations without causing an immediate disassociation or
reassociation with the current BSS.
This commit implements the required functionality for updating IEs for
(Re)Association Request frame only. Other parameters can be added in
future when required.
Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the ability to configure if an AP (and associated VLANs) will
do multicast-to-unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4 and IPv6 frames
(possibly within 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent
to each station separately, with the DA replaced by their own MAC
address rather than the group address.
Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver,
such as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination
unreachable messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which
is required, but the receiver can't tell the difference if this
new option is enabled.)
This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast
service).
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[fix disabling, add better documentation & commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new nl80211 attributes can be used to provide KEK and nonces to
allow the driver to encrypt and decrypt FILS (Re)Association
Request/Response frames in station mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define the Element IDs and Element ID Extensions from IEEE
P802.11ai/D11.0. In addition, add a new cfg80211_find_ext_ie() wrapper
to make it easier to find information elements that used the Element ID
Extension field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds defines and nl80211 extensions to allow FILS Authentication to
be implemented similarly to SAE. FILS does not need the special rules
for the Authentication transaction number and Status code fields, but it
does need to add non-IE fields. The previously used
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA can be reused for this to avoid having to
duplicate that implementation. Rename that attribute to more generic
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA (with backwards compatibility define for
NL80211_SAE_DATA).
Also document the special rules related to the Authentication
transaction number and Status code fiels.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the pointless checking against interface combinations in
the initial basic beacon interval validation, that currently isn't
taking into account radar detection or channels properly. Instead,
just validate the basic range there, and then delay real checking
to the interface combination validation that drivers must do.
This means that drivers wanting to use the beacon_int_min_gcd will
now have to pass the new_beacon_int when validating the AP/mesh
start.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a helper using wdev to check if interface is running. This
deals with both non-netdev and netdev interfaces. In struct
wireless_dev replace 'p2p_started' and 'nan_started' by
'is_running' as those are mutually exclusive anyway, and unify
all the code to use wdev_running().
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
First bug was added in commit ad6f939ab1 ("ip: Add offset parameter to
ip_cmsg_recv") : Tom missed that ipv4 udp messages could be received on
AF_INET6 socket. ip_cmsg_recv(msg, skb) should have been replaced by
ip_cmsg_recv_offset(msg, skb, sizeof(struct udphdr));
Then commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before
queueing") forgot to adjust the offsets now UDP headers are pulled
before skb are put in receive queue.
Fixes: ad6f939ab1 ("ip: Add offset parameter to ip_cmsg_recv")
Fixes: e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before queueing")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Tested-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skbuff and sock structure both had missing parameter annotation
values.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In criu we are actively using diag interface to collect sockets
present in the system when dumping applications. And while for
unix, tcp, udp[lite], packet, netlink it works as expected,
the raw sockets do not have. Thus add it.
v2:
- add missing sock_put calls in raw_diag_dump_one (by eric.dumazet@)
- implement @destroy for diag requests (by dsa@)
v3:
- add export of raw_abort for IPv6 (by dsa@)
- pass net-admin flag into inet_sk_diag_fill due to
changes in net-next branch (by dsa@)
v4:
- use @pad in struct inet_diag_req_v2 for raw socket
protocol specification: raw module carries sockets
which may have custom protocol passed from socket()
syscall and sole @sdiag_protocol is not enough to
match underlied ones
- start reporting protocol specifed in socket() call
when sockets are raw ones for the same reason: user
space tools like ss may parse this attribute and use
it for socket matching
v5 (by eric.dumazet@):
- use sock_hold in raw_sock_get instead of atomic_inc,
we're holding (raw_v4_hashinfo|raw_v6_hashinfo)->lock
when looking up so counter won't be zero here.
v6:
- use sdiag_raw_protocol() helper which will access @pad
structure used for raw sockets protocol specification:
we can't simply rename this member without breaking uapi
v7:
- sine sdiag_raw_protocol() helper is not suitable for
uapi lets rather make an alias structure with proper
names. __check_inet_diag_req_raw helper will catch
if any of structure unintentionally changed.
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
CC: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The field is initialized by ILA and MPLS but never used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid using the generic helpers.
Use the receive queue spin lock to protect the memory
accounting operation, both on enqueue and on dequeue.
On dequeue perform partial memory reclaiming, trying to
leave a quantum of forward allocated memory.
On enqueue use a custom helper, to allow some optimizations:
- use a plain spin_lock() variant instead of the slightly
costly spin_lock_irqsave(),
- avoid dst_force check, since the calling code has already
dropped the skb dst
- avoid orphaning the skb, since skb_steal_sock() already did
the work for us
The above needs custom memory reclaiming on shutdown, provided
by the udp_destruct_sock().
v5 -> v6:
- don't orphan the skb on enqueue
v4 -> v5:
- replace the mem_lock with the receive queue spin lock
- ensure that the bh is always allowed to enqueue at least
a skb, even if sk_rcvbuf is exceeded
v3 -> v4:
- reworked memory accunting, simplifying the schema
- provide an helper for both memory scheduling and enqueuing
v1 -> v2:
- use a udp specific destrctor to perform memory reclaiming
- remove a couple of helpers, unneeded after the above cleanup
- do not reclaim memory on dequeue if not under memory
pressure
- reworked the fwd accounting schema to avoid potential
integer overflow
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic sock operations that udp code can use with its own
memory accounting schema. No functional change is introduced
in the existing APIs.
v4 -> v5:
- avoid whitespace changes
v2 -> v4:
- avoid exporting __sock_enqueue_skb
v1 -> v2:
- avoid export sock_rmem_free
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Baozeng reported this deadlock case:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock([ 165.136033] sk_lock-AF_INET6);
lock([ 165.136033] rtnl_mutex);
lock([ 165.136033] sk_lock-AF_INET6);
lock([ 165.136033] rtnl_mutex);
Similar to commit 87e9f03159
("ipv4: fix a potential deadlock in mcast getsockopt() path")
this is due to we still have a case, ipv6_sock_mc_close(),
where we acquire sk_lock before rtnl_lock. Close this deadlock
with the similar solution, that is always acquire rtnl lock first.
Fixes: baf606d9c9 ("ipv4,ipv6: grab rtnl before locking the socket")
Reported-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Baozeng Ding reported KASAN traces showing uses after free in
udp_lib_get_port() and other related UDP functions.
A CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y kernel would eventually crash.
I could write a reproducer with two threads doing :
static int sock_fd;
static void *thr1(void *arg)
{
for (;;) {
connect(sock_fd, (const struct sockaddr *)arg,
sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
}
}
static void *thr2(void *arg)
{
struct sockaddr_in unspec;
for (;;) {
memset(&unspec, 0, sizeof(unspec));
connect(sock_fd, (const struct sockaddr *)&unspec,
sizeof(unspec));
}
}
Problem is that udp_disconnect() could run without holding socket lock,
and this was causing list corruptions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a disconnect request from userspace, cfg80211 currently calls
called rdev_disconnect() only in case that 'current_bss' was set,
i.e. connection had been established.
Change this to allow the userspace call to succeed and call the
driver's disconnect() method also while the connection attempt is
in progress, to be able to abort attempts.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[change commit subject/message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The uapsd_queue field is in QoS IE order and not in
IEEE80211_AC_*'s order.
This means that mac80211 would get confused between
BK and BE which is certainly not such a big deal but
needs to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation
by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set
or not.
However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation
capability depending on HW generation.
Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the
callback.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
[added the flag to ath10k and wlcore]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
iwlwifi will check internally that the tid maps to an AC
that is trigger enabled, but can't know what tid exactly.
Allow the driver to pass a generic tid and make mac80211
assume that a trigger frame was received.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The values don't match the radiotap spec, corrected that.
Reported-by: Oz Shalev <oz.shalev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
from stack removal fix that crashes things when VMAP
stack is used in conjunction with software crypto.
Aside from that, we have:
* a fix for AP_VLAN usage with the nl80211 frame command
* two fixes (and two preparation patches) for A-MSDU, one
to discard group-addressed (multicast) and unexpected
4-address A-MSDUs, the other to validate A-MSDU inner
MAC addresses properly to prevent controlled port bypass
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=T6t1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-10-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This is relatively small, mostly to get the SG/crypto
from stack removal fix that crashes things when VMAP
stack is used in conjunction with software crypto.
Aside from that, we have:
* a fix for AP_VLAN usage with the nl80211 frame command
* two fixes (and two preparation patches) for A-MSDU, one
to discard group-addressed (multicast) and unexpected
4-address A-MSDUs, the other to validate A-MSDU inner
MAC addresses properly to prevent controlled port bypass
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, socket lookups for l3mdev (vrf) use cases can match a socket
that is bound to a port but not a device (ie., a global socket). If the
sysctl tcp_l3mdev_accept is not set this leads to ack packets going out
based on the main table even though the packet came in from an L3 domain.
The end result is that the connection does not establish creating
confusion for users since the service is running and a socket shows in
ss output. Fix by requiring an exact dif to sk_bound_dev_if match if the
skb came through an interface enslaved to an l3mdev device and the
tcp_l3mdev_accept is not set.
skb's through an l3mdev interface are marked by setting a flag in
inet{6}_skb_parm. The IPv6 variant is already set; this patch adds the
flag for IPv4. Using an skb flag avoids a device lookup on the dif. The
flag is set in the VRF driver using the IP{6}CB macros. For IPv4, the
inet_skb_parm struct is moved in the cb per commit 971f10eca1, so the
match function in the TCP stack needs to use TCP_SKB_CB. For IPv6, the
move is done after the socket lookup, so IP6CB is used.
The flags field in inet_skb_parm struct needs to be increased to add
another flag. There is currently a 1-byte hole following the flags,
so it can be expanded to u16 without increasing the size of the struct.
Fixes: 193125dbd8 ("net: Introduce VRF device driver")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to IEEE 802.11-2012 section 8.3.2 table 8-19, the outer SA/DA
of A-MSDU frames need to be changed depending on FromDS/ToDS values.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[use ether_addr_copy and add alignment annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Users of lwt tunnels may set up some secondary state in build_state
function. Add a corresponding destroy_state function to allow users to
clean up state. This destroy state function is called from lwstate_free.
Also, we now free lwstate using kfree_rcu so user can assume structure
is not freed before rcu.
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only 32 more to go...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=U9Pc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs-4.9-2' of git://git.lwn.net/linux
Pull one more documentation update from Jonathan Corbet:
"A single commit converting the mac80211 DocBook template over to
Sphinx. Only 32 more to go..."
* tag 'docs-4.9-2' of git://git.lwn.net/linux:
docs-rst: sphinxify 802.11 documentation
The IPv6 temporary address generation uses a variable called DESYNC_FACTOR
to prevent hosts updating the addresses at the same time. Quoting RFC 4941:
... The value DESYNC_FACTOR is a random value (different for each
client) that ensures that clients don't synchronize with each other and
generate new addresses at exactly the same time ...
DESYNC_FACTOR is defined as:
DESYNC_FACTOR -- A random value within the range 0 - MAX_DESYNC_FACTOR.
It is computed once at system start (rather than each time it is used)
and must never be greater than (TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE).
First, I believe the RFC has a typo in it and meant to say: "and must
never be greater than (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE)"
The reason is that at various places in the RFC, DESYNC_FACTOR is used in
a calculation like (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - DESYNC_FACTOR) or
(TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE - DESYNC_FACTOR). It needs to be
smaller than (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE) for the result of
these calculations to be larger than zero. It's never used in a
calculation together with TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME.
I already submitted an errata to the rfc-editor:
https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata_search.php?rfc=4941
The Linux implementation of DESYNC_FACTOR is very wrong:
max_desync_factor is used in places DESYNC_FACTOR should be used.
max_desync_factor is initialized to the RFC-recommended value for
MAX_DESYNC_FACTOR (600) but the whole point is to get a _random_ value.
And nothing ensures that the value used is not greater than
(TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE), which leads to underflows. The
effect can easily be observed when setting the temp_prefered_lft sysctl
e.g. to 60. The preferred lifetime of the temporary addresses will be
bogus.
TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME and REGEN_ADVANCE are not constants and can be
influenced by these three sysctls: regen_max_retry, dad_transmits and
temp_prefered_lft. Thus, the upper bound for desync_factor needs to be
re-calculated each time a new address is generated and if desync_factor is
larger than the new upper bound, a new random value needs to be
re-generated.
And since we already have max_desync_factor configurable per interface, we
also need to calculate and store desync_factor per interface.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The randomized interface identifier (rndid) was periodically updated from
the regen_timer timer. Simplify the code by updating the rndid only when
needed by ipv6_try_regen_rndid().
This makes the follow-up DESYNC_FACTOR fix much simpler. Also it fixes a
reference counting error in this error path, where an in6_dev_put was
missing:
err = addrconf_sysctl_register(ndev);
if (err) {
ipv6_mc_destroy_dev(ndev);
- del_timer(&ndev->regen_timer);
snmp6_unregister_dev(ndev);
goto err_release;
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.
'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.
As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'tcfm_ok_push' specifies whether a mac_len sized push is needed upon
egress to the target device (if action is performed at ingress).
Rename it to 'tcfm_mac_header_xmit' as this is actually an attribute of
the target device (and use a bool instead of int).
This allows to decouple the attribute from the action to be taken.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix various build warnings in tlan/qed/xen-netback drivers, from
Arnd Bergmann.
2) Propagate proper error code in strparser's strp_recv(), from Geert
Uytterhoeven.
3) Fix accidental broadcast of RTM_GETTFILTER responses, from Eric
Dumazret.
4) Need to use list_for_each_entry_safe() in qed driver, from Wei
Yongjun.
5) Openvswitch 802.1AD bug fixes from Jiri Benc.
6) Cure BUILD_BUG_ON() in mlx5 driver, from Tom Herbert.
7) Fix UDP ipv6 checksumming in netvsc driver, from Stephen Hemminger.
8) stmmac driver fixes from Giuseppe CAVALLARO.
9) Fix access to mangled IP6CB in tcp, from Eric Dumazet.
10) Fix info leaks in tipc and rtnetlink, from Dan Carpenter.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (27 commits)
net: bridge: add the multicast_flood flag attribute to brport_attrs
net: axienet: Remove unused parameter from __axienet_device_reset
liquidio: CN23XX: fix a loop timeout
net: rtnl: info leak in rtnl_fill_vfinfo()
tipc: info leak in __tipc_nl_add_udp_addr()
net: ipv4: Do not drop to make_route if oif is l3mdev
net: phy: Trigger state machine on state change and not polling.
ipv6: tcp: restore IP6CB for pktoptions skbs
netvsc: Remove mistaken udp.h inclusion.
xen-netback: fix type mismatch warning
stmmac: fix error check when init ptp
stmmac: fix ptp init for gmac4
qed: fix old-style function definition
netvsc: fix checksum on UDP IPV6
net_sched: reorder pernet ops and act ops registrations
xen-netback: fix guest Rx stall detection (after guest Rx refactor)
drivers/ptp: Fix kernel memory disclosure
net/mlx5: Add MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 to fix BUILD_BUG_ON
qmi_wwan: add support for Quectel EC21 and EC25
openvswitch: add NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_TX to internal dev
...
Commit e0d56fdd73 was a bit aggressive removing l3mdev calls in
the IPv4 stack. If the fib_lookup fails we do not want to drop to
make_route if the oif is an l3mdev device.
Also reverts 19664c6a00 ("net: l3mdev: Remove netif_index_is_l3_master")
which removed netif_index_is_l3_master.
Fixes: e0d56fdd73 ("net: l3mdev: remove redundant calls")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prsctp polices include ttl expires policy already, we should remove
the old ttl expires codes, and just adjust the new polices' codes to be
compatible with the old one for users.
This patch is to remove all the old expires codes, and if prsctp polices
are not set, it will still set msg's expires_at and check the expires in
sctp_check_abandoned.
Note that asoc->prsctp_enable is set by default, so users can't feel any
difference even if they use the old expires api in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp uses chunk->resent to record if a chunk is retransmitted, for
RTT measurements with retransmitted DATA chunks. chunk->sent_count was
introduced to record how many times one chunk has been sent for prsctp
RTX policy before. We actually can know if one chunk is retransmitted
by checking chunk->sent_count is greater than 1.
This patch is to remove resent from sctp_chunk and reuse sent_count
to avoid retransmitted chunks for RTT measurements.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides a mechanism for the host drivers to advertise the
support for different beacon intervals among the respective interface
combinations in a group, through NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD (u32).
This value will be compared against GCD of all beaconing interfaces of
matching combinations.
If the driver doesn't advertise this value, the old behaviour where
all beacon intervals must be identical is retained.
If it is specified, then any beacon interval for an interface in the
interface combination as well as the GCD of all active beacon intervals
in the combination must be greater or equal to this value.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit message, some variable names, small other things]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the growing parameter list to a structure for the interface
combination check and iteration functions in cfg80211 and mac80211
to make the code easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We should not accept arbitrary DA/SA inside A-MSDUs, it could be used
to circumvent protections, like allowing a station to send frames and
make them seem to come from somewhere else.
Add the necessary infrastructure in cfg80211 to allow such checks, in
further patches we'll start using them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's only a single case where has_80211_header is passed as true,
which is in mac80211. Given that there's only simple code that needs
to be done before calling it, export that function from cfg80211
instead and let mac80211 call it itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull uaccess.h prepwork from Al Viro:
"Preparations to tree-wide switch to use of linux/uaccess.h (which,
obviously, will allow to start unifying stuff for real). The last step
there, ie
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
`git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h`
is not taken here - I would prefer to do it once just before or just
after -rc1. However, everything should be ready for it"
* 'work.uaccess2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
remove a stray reference to asm/uaccess.h in docs
sparc64: separate extable_64.h, switch elf_64.h to it
score: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
mips: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
x86: separate extable.h, switch sections.h to it
remove stray include of asm/uaccess.h from cacheflush.h
mn10300: remove a bogus processor.h->uaccess.h include
xtensa: split uaccess.h into C and asm sides
bonding: quit messing with IOCTL
kill __kernel_ds_p off
mn10300: finish verify_area() off
frv: move HAVE_ARCH_UNMAPPED_AREA to pgtable.h
exceptions: detritus removal
This is just a very basic conversion, I've split up the original
multi-book template, and also split up the multi-part mac80211
part in the original book; neither of those were handled by the
automatic pandoc conversion.
Fix errors that showed up, resulting in a much nicer rendering,
at least for the interface combinations documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Pull namespace updates from Eric Biederman:
"This set of changes is a number of smaller things that have been
overlooked in other development cycles focused on more fundamental
change. The devpts changes are small things that were a distraction
until we managed to kill off DEVPTS_MULTPLE_INSTANCES. There is an
trivial regression fix to autofs for the unprivileged mount changes
that went in last cycle. A pair of ioctls has been added by Andrey
Vagin making it is possible to discover the relationships between
namespaces when referring to them through file descriptors.
The big user visible change is starting to add simple resource limits
to catch programs that misbehave. With namespaces in general and user
namespaces in particular allowing users to use more kinds of
resources, it has become important to have something to limit errant
programs. Because the purpose of these limits is to catch errant
programs the code needs to be inexpensive to use as it always on, and
the default limits need to be high enough that well behaved programs
on well behaved systems don't encounter them.
To this end, after some review I have implemented per user per user
namespace limits, and use them to limit the number of namespaces. The
limits being per user mean that one user can not exhause the limits of
another user. The limits being per user namespace allow contexts where
the limit is 0 and security conscious folks can remove from their
threat anlysis the code used to manage namespaces (as they have
historically done as it root only). At the same time the limits being
per user namespace allow other parts of the system to use namespaces.
Namespaces are increasingly being used in application sand boxing
scenarios so an all or nothing disable for the entire system for the
security conscious folks makes increasing use of these sandboxes
impossible.
There is also added a limit on the maximum number of mounts present in
a single mount namespace. It is nontrivial to guess what a reasonable
system wide limit on the number of mount structure in the kernel would
be, especially as it various based on how a system is using
containers. A limit on the number of mounts in a mount namespace
however is much easier to understand and set. In most cases in
practice only about 1000 mounts are used. Given that some autofs
scenarious have the potential to be 30,000 to 50,000 mounts I have set
the default limit for the number of mounts at 100,000 which is well
above every known set of users but low enough that the mount hash
tables don't degrade unreaonsably.
These limits are a start. I expect this estabilishes a pattern that
other limits for resources that namespaces use will follow. There has
been interest in making inotify event limits per user per user
namespace as well as interest expressed in making details about what
is going on in the kernel more visible"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (28 commits)
autofs: Fix automounts by using current_real_cred()->uid
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts
netns: move {inc,dec}_net_namespaces into #ifdef
nsfs: Simplify __ns_get_path
tools/testing: add a test to check nsfs ioctl-s
nsfs: add ioctl to get a parent namespace
nsfs: add ioctl to get an owning user namespace for ns file descriptor
kernel: add a helper to get an owning user namespace for a namespace
devpts: Change the owner of /dev/pts/ptmx to the mounter of /dev/pts
devpts: Remove sync_filesystems
devpts: Make devpts_kill_sb safe if fsi is NULL
devpts: Simplify devpts_mount by using mount_nodev
devpts: Move the creation of /dev/pts/ptmx into fill_super
devpts: Move parse_mount_options into fill_super
userns: When the per user per user namespace limit is reached return ENOSPC
userns; Document per user per user namespace limits.
mntns: Add a limit on the number of mount namespaces.
netns: Add a limit on the number of net namespaces
cgroupns: Add a limit on the number of cgroup namespaces
ipcns: Add a limit on the number of ipc namespaces
...
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resolve the merge conflict between Felix's/my and Toke's patches
coming into the tree through net and mac80211-next respectively.
Most of Felix's changes go away due to Toke's new infrastructure
work, my patch changes to "goto begin" (the label wasn't there
before) instead of returning NULL so flow control towards drivers
is preserved better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This introduces ncsi_stop_dev(), as counterpart to ncsi_start_dev(),
to stop the NCSI device so that it can be reenabled in future. This
API should be called when the network device driver is going to
shutdown the device. There are 3 things done in the function: Stop
the channel monitoring; Reset channels to inactive state; Report
NCSI link down.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_mpls_header is equivalent to mpls_hdr now. Use the existing helper
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be also used by openvswitch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TXQ intermediate queues can cause packet reordering when more than
one flow is active to a single station. Since some of the wifi-specific
packet handling (notably sequence number and encryption handling) is
sensitive to re-ordering, things break if they are applied before the
TXQ.
This splits up the TX handlers and fast_xmit logic into two parts: An
early part and a late part. The former is applied before TXQ enqueue,
and the latter after dequeue. The non-TXQ path just applies both parts
at once.
Because fragments shouldn't be split up or reordered, the fragmentation
handler is run after dequeue. Any fragments are then kept in the TXQ and
on subsequent dequeues they take precedence over dequeueing from the FQ
structure.
This approach avoids having to scatter special cases all over the place
for when TXQ is enabled, at the cost of making the fast_xmit and TX
handler code slightly more complex.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[fix a few code-style nits, make ieee80211_xmit_fast_finish void,
remove a useless txq->sta check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental
TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in
programming absolute TSF.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The reusable fairness queueing implementation (fq.h) lacks the memory
usage limit that the fq_codel qdisc has. This means that small
devices (e.g. WiFi routers) can run out of memory when flooded with a
large number of packets. This ports the memory limit feature from
fq_codel to fq.h.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide an API to report NAN function match. Mac80211 will lookup the
corresponding cookie and report the match to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function
termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for
NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current
NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation).
Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used
both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes
and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide a function that reports NAN DE function termination. The function
may be terminated due to one of the following reasons: user request,
ttl expiration or failure.
If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notification will be
sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide a function the driver can call to report a match.
This will send the event to the user space.
If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notifications will be
sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some NAN configuration paramaters may change during the operation of
the NAN device. For example, a user may want to update master preference
value when the device gets plugged/unplugged to the power.
Add API that allows to do so.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A NAN function can be either publish, subscribe or follow
up. Make all the necessary verifications and just pass the
request to the driver.
Allow the user space application that starts NAN to
forbid any other socket to add or remove functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and
stop the vif.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows user space to start/stop NAN interface.
A NAN interface is like P2P device in a few aspects: it
doesn't have a netdev associated to it.
Add the new interface type and prevent operations that
can't be executed on NAN interface like scan.
Define several attributes that may be configured by user space
when starting NAN functionality (master preference and dual
band operation)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally, i.e.
expose connection keys to the driver in connect flow and don't
upload the keys after the connection.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now sctp uses chunk->prsctp_param to save the prsctp param for all the
prsctp polices, we didn't need to introduce prsctp_param to sctp_chunk.
We can just use chunk->sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for RTX and BUF polices,
and reuse msg->expires_at for TTL policy, as the prsctp polices and old
expires policy are mutual exclusive.
This patch is to remove prsctp_param from sctp_chunk, and reuse msg's
expires_at for TTL and chunk's sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for RTX and BUF
polices.
Note that sctp can't use chunk's sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for TTL policy,
as it needs a u64 variables to save the expires_at time.
This one also fixes the "netperf-Throughput_Mbps -37.2% regression"
issue.
Fixes: a6c2f79287 ("sctp: implement prsctp TTL policy")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now pahole sctp_chunk, it has 2 memory holes:
struct sctp_chunk {
struct list_head list;
atomic_t refcnt;
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
...
long unsigned int prsctp_param;
int sent_count;
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
This patch is to move up sent_count to fill the 1st one and eliminate
the 2nd one.
It's not just another struct compaction, it also fixes the "netperf-
Throughput_Mbps -37.2% regression" issue when overloading the CPU.
Fixes: a6c2f79287 ("sctp: implement prsctp TTL policy")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7559
Backoff is performed according to RFC3315 section 14:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315#section-14
We allow setting /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/*/router_solicitations
to a negative value meaning an unlimited number of retransmits,
and we make this the new default (inline with the RFC).
We also add a new setting:
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/*/router_solicitation_max_interval
defaulting to 1 hour (per RFC recommendation).
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Acked-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to introduce the generic interfaces for snmp_get_cpu_field{,64}.
It exchanges the two for-loops for collecting the percpu statistics data.
This can aggregate the data by going through all the items of each cpu
sequentially.
Signed-off-by: Jia He <hejianet@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the created tc actions list is reversed against the order
set by the user.
Change the actions list order to be the same as was set by the user.
This patch doesn't affect dump actions behavior.
For dumping, action->order parameter is used so the list order doesn't
matter.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is now taken care of by FIB notifier, remove the code, with
all unused dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers are to be used in case someone offloads the FIB entry. The
result is that if the entry is offloaded to at least one device, the
offload flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to pass information about added/deleted FIB entries/rules to
whoever is interested. This is done in a very similar way as devinet
notifies address additions/removals.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only remaining users are issuing SIOCGMIIPHY and SIOCGMIIREG,
neither of which deals with userland pointers. Simply calling
->ndo_do_ioctl() is fine; no messing with set_fs() is needed.
It used to mess with SIOCETHTOOL, which would've needed set_fs(),
but that has been killed in "[NET] ethtool ops are the only way"
9 years ago...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
The previous commit added support for specifying the beacon rate
for AP mode. Add features checks to this, and extend it to also
support the rate configuration for mesh networks. For IBSS it's
not as simple due to joining etc., so that's not yet supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows an option to configure a single beacon tx rate for an AP.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/core.c
net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.c
Resolve two conflicts before pull request for David's net-next tree:
1) Between c73c248490 ("netfilter: nf_tables_netdev: remove redundant
ip_hdr assignment") from the net tree and commit ddc8b6027a
("netfilter: introduce nft_set_pktinfo_{ipv4, ipv6}_validate()").
2) Between e8bffe0cf9 ("net: Add _nf_(un)register_hooks symbols") and
Aaron Conole's patches to replace list_head with single linked list.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
NFTA_LOG_FLAGS attribute is already supported, but the related
NF_LOG_XXX flags are not exposed to the userspace. So we cannot
explicitly enable log flags to log uid, tcp sequence, ip options
and so on, i.e. such rule "nft add rule filter output log uid"
is not supported yet.
So move NF_LOG_XXX macro definitions to the uapi/../nf_log.h. In
order to keep consistent with other modules, change NF_LOG_MASK to
refer to all supported log flags. On the other hand, add a new
NF_LOG_DEFAULT_MASK to refer to the original default log flags.
Finally, if user specify the unsupported log flags or NFTA_LOG_GROUP
and NFTA_LOG_FLAGS are set at the same time, report EINVAL to the
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Inverse ranges != [a,b] are not currently possible because rules are
composites of && operations, and we need to express this:
data < a || data > b
This patch adds a new range expression. Positive ranges can be already
through two cmp expressions:
cmp(sreg, data, >=)
cmp(sreg, data, <=)
This new range expression provides an alternative way to express this.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The netfilter hook list never uses the prev pointer, and so can be trimmed to
be a simple singly-linked list.
In addition to having a more light weight structure for hook traversal,
struct net becomes 5568 bytes (down from 6400) and struct net_device becomes
2176 bytes (down from 2240).
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A future patch will modify the hook drop and outfn functions. This will
cause the line lengths to take up too much space. This is simply a
readability change.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This replaces the last uses of NF_HOOK_THRESH().
Followup patch will remove it and rename nf_hook_thresh.
The reason is that inet (non-bridge) netfilter no longer invokes the
hooks from hooks, so we do no longer need the thresh value to skip hooks
with a lower priority.
The bridge netfilter however may need to do this. br_nf_hook_thresh is a
wrapper that is supposed to do this, i.e. only call hooks with a
priority that exceeds NF_BR_PRI_BRNF.
It's used only in the recursion cases of br_netfilter. It invokes
nf_hook_slow while holding an rcu read-side critical section to make a
future cleanup simpler.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Today the DSA drivers are in charge of flushing the MAC addresses
associated to a port when its STP state changes from Learning or
Forwarding, to Disabled or Blocking or Listening.
This makes the drivers more complex and hides the generic switch logic.
Introduce a new optional port_fast_age operation to dsa_switch_ops, to
move this logic to the DSA layer and keep drivers simple.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed e.g for offloading drivers to pick the relevant attributes.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it similar to time_before() macros:
- easier to understand
- make use of typecheck() to avoid working on unexpected variable types
(made the issue on previous patch visible)
- for _[lg]te versions, slighly faster, as the compiler used to generate
a sequence of cmp/je/cmp/js instructions and now it's sub/test/jle
(for _lte):
Before, for sctp_outq_sack:
if (primary->cacc.changeover_active) {
1f01: 80 b9 84 02 00 00 00 cmpb $0x0,0x284(%rcx)
1f08: 74 6e je 1f78 <sctp_outq_sack+0xe8>
u8 clear_cycling = 0;
if (TSN_lte(primary->cacc.next_tsn_at_change, sack_ctsn)) {
1f0a: 8b 81 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rcx),%eax
return ((s) - (t)) & TSN_SIGN_BIT;
}
static inline int TSN_lte(__u32 s, __u32 t)
{
return ((s) == (t)) || (((s) - (t)) & TSN_SIGN_BIT);
1f10: 8b 7d bc mov -0x44(%rbp),%edi
1f13: 39 c7 cmp %eax,%edi
1f15: 74 25 je 1f3c <sctp_outq_sack+0xac>
1f17: 39 f8 cmp %edi,%eax
1f19: 78 21 js 1f3c <sctp_outq_sack+0xac>
primary->cacc.changeover_active = 0;
After:
if (primary->cacc.changeover_active) {
1ee7: 80 b9 84 02 00 00 00 cmpb $0x0,0x284(%rcx)
1eee: 74 73 je 1f63 <sctp_outq_sack+0xf3>
u8 clear_cycling = 0;
if (TSN_lte(primary->cacc.next_tsn_at_change, sack_ctsn)) {
1ef0: 8b 81 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rcx),%eax
1ef6: 2b 45 b4 sub -0x4c(%rbp),%eax
1ef9: 85 c0 test %eax,%eax
1efb: 7e 26 jle 1f23 <sctp_outq_sack+0xb3>
primary->cacc.changeover_active = 0;
*_lt() generated pretty much the same code.
Tested with gcc (GCC) 6.1.1 20160621.
This patch also removes SSN_lte as it is not used and cleanups some
comments.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit ac28634456 ("netfilter: bridge: add nf_afinfo to enable
queuing to userspace"), we can queue packets to the user space in bridge
family. But when the user specify the queue range, packets will be only
delivered to the first queue num. Because in nfqueue_hash, we only support
ipv4 and ipv6 family. Now add support for bridge family too.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fetch value and validate u32 netlink attribute. This validation is
usually required when the u32 netlink attributes are being stored in a
field whose size is smaller.
This patch revisits 4da449ae1d ("netfilter: nft_exthdr: Add size check
on u8 nft_exthdr attributes").
Fixes: 96518518cc ("netfilter: add nftables")
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
To something more meaningful these days, specially because this is
working on packet headers or lengths and which are not tied to any CPU
arch but to the protocol itself.
So, WORD_TRUNC becomes SCTP_TRUNC4 and WORD_ROUND becomes SCTP_PAD4.
Reported-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2016-09-21
1) Propagate errors on security context allocation.
From Mathias Krause.
2) Fix inbound policy checks for inter address family tunnels.
From Thomas Zeitlhofer.
3) Fix an old memory leak on aead algorithm usage.
From Ilan Tayari.
4) A recent patch fixed a possible NULL pointer dereference
but broke the vti6 input path.
Fix from Nicolas Dichtel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call into offloaded filters to update stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cls_bpf support for the TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_HW flag.
Unlike U32 and flower cls_bpf already has some netlink
flags defined. Create a new attribute to be able to use
the same flag values as the above.
Unlike U32 and flower reject unknown flags.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds hardware offload capability to cls_bpf classifier,
similar to what have been done with U32 and flower.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 1625f45299, vti6 is broken, all input packets are dropped
(LINUX_MIB_XFRMINNOSTATES is incremented).
XFRM_TUNNEL_SKB_CB(skb)->tunnel.ip6 is set by vti6_rcv() before calling
xfrm6_rcv()/xfrm6_rcv_spi(), thus we cannot set to NULL that value in
xfrm6_rcv_spi().
A new function xfrm6_rcv_tnl() that enables to pass a value to
xfrm6_rcv_spi() is added, so that xfrm6_rcv() is not touched (this function
is used in several handlers).
CC: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Fixes: 1625f45299 ("net/xfrm_input: fix possible NULL deref of tunnel.ip6->parms.i_key")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This commit introduces an optional new "omnipotent" hook,
cong_control(), for congestion control modules. The cong_control()
function is called at the end of processing an ACK (i.e., after
updating sequence numbers, the SACK scoreboard, and loss
detection). At that moment we have precise delivery rate information
the congestion control module can use to control the sending behavior
(using cwnd, TSO skb size, and pacing rate) in any CA state.
This function can also be used by a congestion control that prefers
not to use the default cwnd reduction approach (i.e., the PRR
algorithm) during CA_Recovery to control the cwnd and sending rate
during loss recovery.
We take advantage of the fact that recent changes defer the
retransmission or transmission of new data (e.g. by F-RTO) in recovery
until the new tcp_cong_control() function is run.
With this commit, we only run tcp_update_pacing_rate() if the
congestion control is not using this new API. New congestion controls
which use the new API do not want the TCP stack to run the default
pacing rate calculation and overwrite whatever pacing rate they have
chosen at initialization time.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the TCP send buffer expands to twice cwnd, in order to allow
limited transmits in the CA_Recovery state. This assumes that cwnd
does not increase in the CA_Recovery.
For some congestion control algorithms, like the upcoming BBR module,
if the losses in recovery do not indicate congestion then we may
continue to raise cwnd multiplicatively in recovery. In such cases the
current multiplier will falsely limit the sending rate, much as if it
were limited by the application.
This commit adds an optional congestion control callback to use a
different multiplier to expand the TCP send buffer. For congestion
control modules that do not specificy this callback, TCP continues to
use the previous default of 2.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow congestion control modules to use the default TSO auto-sizing
algorithm as one of the ingredients in their own decision about TSO sizing:
1) Export tcp_tso_autosize() so that CC modules can use it.
2) Change tcp_tso_autosize() to allow callers to specify a minimum
number of segments per TSO skb, in case the congestion control
module has a different notion of the best floor for TSO skbs for
the connection right now. For very low-rate paths or policed
connections it can be appropriate to use smaller TSO skbs.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the tso_segs_goal() function in tcp_congestion_ops to allow the
congestion control module to specify the number of segments that
should be in a TSO skb sent by tcp_write_xmit() and
tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue(). The congestion control module can either
request a particular number of segments in TSO skb that we transmit,
or return 0 if it doesn't care.
This allows the upcoming BBR congestion control module to select small
TSO skb sizes if the module detects that the bottleneck bandwidth is
very low, or that the connection is policed to a low rate.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds code to track whether the delivery rate represented
by each rate_sample was limited by the application.
Upon each transmit, we store in the is_app_limited field in the skb a
boolean bit indicating whether there is a known "bubble in the pipe":
a point in the rate sample interval where the sender was
application-limited, and did not transmit even though the cwnd and
pacing rate allowed it.
This logic marks the flow app-limited on a write if *all* of the
following are true:
1) There is less than 1 MSS of unsent data in the write queue
available to transmit.
2) There is no packet in the sender's queues (e.g. in fq or the NIC
tx queue).
3) The connection is not limited by cwnd.
4) There are no lost packets to retransmit.
The tcp_rate_check_app_limited() code in tcp_rate.c determines whether
the connection is application-limited at the moment. If the flow is
application-limited, it sets the tp->app_limited field. If the flow is
application-limited then that means there is effectively a "bubble" of
silence in the pipe now, and this silence will be reflected in a lower
bandwidth sample for any rate samples from now until we get an ACK
indicating this bubble has exited the pipe: specifically, until we get
an ACK for the next packet we transmit.
When we send every skb we record in scb->tx.is_app_limited whether the
resulting rate sample will be application-limited.
The code in tcp_rate_gen() checks to see when it is safe to mark all
known application-limited bubbles of silence as having exited the
pipe. It does this by checking to see when the delivered count moves
past the tp->app_limited marker. At this point it zeroes the
tp->app_limited marker, as all known bubbles are out of the pipe.
We make room for the tx.is_app_limited bit in the skb by borrowing a
bit from the in_flight field used by NV to record the number of bytes
in flight. The receive window in the TCP header is 16 bits, and the
max receive window scaling shift factor is 14 (RFC 1323). So the max
receive window offered by the TCP protocol is 2^(16+14) = 2^30. So we
only need 30 bits for the tx.in_flight used by NV.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch generates data delivery rate (throughput) samples on a
per-ACK basis. These rate samples can be used by congestion control
modules, and specifically will be used by TCP BBR in later patches in
this series.
Key state:
tp->delivered: Tracks the total number of data packets (original or not)
delivered so far. This is an already-existing field.
tp->delivered_mstamp: the last time tp->delivered was updated.
Algorithm:
A rate sample is calculated as (d1 - d0)/(t1 - t0) on a per-ACK basis:
d1: the current tp->delivered after processing the ACK
t1: the current time after processing the ACK
d0: the prior tp->delivered when the acked skb was transmitted
t0: the prior tp->delivered_mstamp when the acked skb was transmitted
When an skb is transmitted, we snapshot d0 and t0 in its control
block in tcp_rate_skb_sent().
When an ACK arrives, it may SACK and ACK some skbs. For each SACKed
or ACKed skb, tcp_rate_skb_delivered() updates the rate_sample struct
to reflect the latest (d0, t0).
Finally, tcp_rate_gen() generates a rate sample by storing
(d1 - d0) in rs->delivered and (t1 - t0) in rs->interval_us.
One caveat: if an skb was sent with no packets in flight, then
tp->delivered_mstamp may be either invalid (if the connection is
starting) or outdated (if the connection was idle). In that case,
we'll re-stamp tp->delivered_mstamp.
At first glance it seems t0 should always be the time when an skb was
transmitted, but actually this could over-estimate the rate due to
phase mismatch between transmit and ACK events. To track the delivery
rate, we ensure that if packets are in flight then t0 and and t1 are
times at which packets were marked delivered.
If the initial and final RTTs are different then one may be corrupted
by some sort of noise. The noise we see most often is sending gaps
caused by delayed, compressed, or stretched acks. This either affects
both RTTs equally or artificially reduces the final RTT. We approach
this by recording the info we need to compute the initial RTT
(duration of the "send phase" of the window) when we recorded the
associated inflight. Then, for a filter to avoid bandwidth
overestimates, we generalize the per-sample bandwidth computation
from:
bw = delivered / ack_phase_rtt
to the following:
bw = delivered / max(send_phase_rtt, ack_phase_rtt)
In large-scale experiments, this filtering approach incorporating
send_phase_rtt is effective at avoiding bandwidth overestimates due to
ACK compression or stretched ACKs.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the TCP min_rtt code to reuse the new win_minmax library in
lib/win_minmax.c to simplify the TCP code.
This is a pure refactor: the functionality is exactly the same. We
just moved the windowed min code to make TCP easier to read and
maintain, and to allow other parts of the kernel to use the windowed
min/max filter code.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-09-19
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.9 kernel.
- Added new messages for monitor sockets for better mgmt tracing
- Added local name and appearance support in scan response
- Added new Qualcomm WCNSS SMD based HCI driver
- Minor fixes & cleanup to 802.15.4 code
- New USB ID to btusb driver
- Added Marvell support to HCI UART driver
- Add combined LED trigger for controller power
- Other minor fixes here and there
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables prepending appearance value to scan response data.
It also adds support for setting appearance value through mgmt command.
If currently advertised instance has apperance flag set it is expired
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Michał Narajowski <michal.narajowski@codecoup.pl>
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@codecoup.pl>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
While the subsystem version information are purely informational,
increase the minor number due to the addition of user channel and
management control monitoring suppport. It is helpful for debugging
purposes to see the version numbers change.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This command is used to retrieve the current state and basic
information of a controller. It is typically used right after
getting the response to the Read Controller Index List command
or an Index Added event (or its extended counterparts).
When any of the values in the EIR_Data field changes, the event
Extended Controller Information Changed will be used to inform
clients about the updated information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Michał Narajowski <michal.narajowski@codecoup.pl>
Instead of keeping a version string around, use version and revision
numbers and then stringify them for use as module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of hiding everything behind a general managment events flag,
introduce indivdual flags that allow fine control over which events are
send to a given management channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for tracing all management commands and events via the
monitor interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This sends new notifications to the monitor support whenever a
management channel has been opened or closed. This allows tracing of
control channels really easily.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt version information will be also needed for the control
changell tracing feature. This provides a helper to pack them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To further allow unique identification and tracking of control socket,
store cookie and comm information when binding the socket.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Commit 5177a83827 ("Bluetooth: Add debugfs fields for hardware and
firmware info") introduced hci_set_hw_info() and hci_set_fw_info().
These functions use kvasprintf_const() but are not marked with a
__printf attribute. Adding such an attribute helps detecting issues
related to printf-formatting at build time.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch assigns the next free HCI device identifier to Bluetooth
devices based on the Qualcomm Shared Memory channels.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@sonymobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The led_trigger field in hci_dev should be conditional based on if
CONFIG_BT_LEDS is set or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This change replaces sk_buff_head struct in Qdiscs with new qdisc_skb_head.
Its similar to the skb_buff_head api, but does not use skb->prev pointers.
Qdiscs will commonly enqueue at the tail of a list and dequeue at head.
While skb_buff_head works fine for this, enqueue/dequeue needs to also
adjust the prev pointer of next element.
The ->prev pointer is not required for qdiscs so we can just leave
it undefined and avoid one cacheline write access for en/dequeue.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves qdisc stat accouting to qdisc_dequeue_head.
The only direct caller of the __qdisc_dequeue_head version open-codes
this now.
This allows us to later use __qdisc_dequeue_head as a replacement
of __skb_dequeue() (which operates on sk_buff_head list).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make ip6_route_input_lookup available outside of ipv6 the module
similar to ip_route_input_noref in the IPv4 world.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=s1MY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-09-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have various things - all across the board:
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq_flush return value is meaningless now, this patch is
to make sctp_outq_flush return void, as well as sctp_outq_fail
and sctp_outq_uncork.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last patch "sctp: do not return the transmit err back to sctp_sendmsg"
made sctp_primitive_SEND return err only when asoc state is unavailable.
In this case, chunks are not enqueued, they have no chance to be freed if
we don't take care of them later.
This Patch is actually to revert commit 1cd4d5c432 ("sctp: remove the
unused sctp_datamsg_free()"), commit 69b5777f2e ("sctp: hold the chunks
only after the chunk is enqueued in outq") and commit 8b570dc9f7 ("sctp:
only drop the reference on the datamsg after sending a msg"), to use
sctp_datamsg_free to free the chunks of current msg.
Fixes: 8b570dc9f7 ("sctp: only drop the reference on the datamsg after sending a msg")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve tunnels allow IPIP6 and IP6IP6 tunnels
to operate in 'collect metadata' mode.
Unlike ipv4 code here it's possible to reuse ip6_tnl_xmit() function
for both collect_md and traditional tunnels.
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers and ovs (in the future) are the users.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve tunnels allow IPIP tunnels to
operate in 'collect metadata' mode.
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers can make use of it right away.
ovs can use it as well in the future (once appropriate ovs-vport
abstractions and user apis are added).
Note that just like in other tunnels we cannot cache the dst,
since tunnel_info metadata can be different for every packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer used after e0d56fdd73 ("net: l3mdev: remove redundant calls")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function actually operates on u32 yet its paramteres were declared
as u16, causing integer truncation upon calling.
Note in patch context that ADDIP_SERIAL_SIGN_BIT is already 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A malicious TCP receiver, sending SACK, can force the sender to split
skbs in write queue and increase its memory usage.
Then, when socket is closed and its write queue purged, we might
overflow sk_forward_alloc (It becomes negative)
sk_mem_reclaim() does nothing in this case, and more than 2GB
are leaked from TCP perspective (tcp_memory_allocated is not changed)
Then warnings trigger from inet_sock_destruct() and
sk_stream_kill_queues() seeing a not zero sk_forward_alloc
All TCP stack can be stuck because TCP is under memory pressure.
A simple fix is to preemptively reclaim from sk_mem_uncharge().
This makes sure a socket wont have more than 2 MB forward allocated,
after burst and idle period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few places where an IE that matches not only the EID, but
also other bytes inside the element, needs to be found. To simplify
that and reduce the amount of similar code, implement a new helper
function to match the EID and an extra array of bytes.
Additionally, simplify cfg80211_find_vendor_ie() by using the new
match function.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the 2-bytes Qualcomm tag that gigabit switches such as
the QCA8337/N might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targeting specific switch ports. The tag is inserted
directly behind the ethernet header.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action is intended to be an upgrade from a usability perspective
from pedit (as well as operational debugability).
Compare this:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action pedit munge offset -14 u8 set 0x02 \
munge offset -13 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -12 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -11 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -10 u16 set 0x1515 \
pipe
to:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbmod dmac 02:15:15:15:15:15
Also try to do a MAC address swap with pedit or worse
try to debug a policy with destination mac, source mac and
etherype. Then make few rules out of those and you'll get my point.
In the future common use cases on pedit can be migrated to this action
(as an example different fields in ip v4/6, transports like tcp/udp/sctp
etc). For this first cut, this allows modifying basic ethernet header.
The most important ethernet use case at the moment is when redirecting or
mirroring packets to a remote machine. The dst mac address needs a re-write
so that it doesnt get dropped or confuse an interconnecting (learning) switch
or dropped by a target machine (which looks at the dst mac). And at times
when flipping back the packet a swap of the MAC addresses is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on consecutive msdu failures, mac80211 triggers CQM packet-loss
mechanism. Drivers like ath10k that have its own connection monitoring
algorithm, offloaded to firmware for triggering station kickout. In case
of station kickout, driver will report low ack status by mac80211 API
(ieee80211_report_low_ack).
This flag will enable the driver to completely rely on firmware events
for station kickout and bypass mac80211 packet loss mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No drivers implement this, relying either on the recursive
directory removal to remove their debugfs, or not having any
to start with. Remove the dead driver callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Endianess fix for the new nf_tables netlink trace infrastructure,
NFTA_TRACE_POLICY endianess was not correct, patch from Liping Zhang.
2) Fix broken re-route after userspace queueing in nf_tables route
chain. This patch is large but it is simple since it is just getting
this code in sync with iptable_mangle. Also from Liping.
3) NAT mangling via ctnetlink lies to userspace when nf_nat_setup_info()
fails to setup the NAT conntrack extension. This problem has been
there since the beginning, but it can now show up after rhashtable
conversion.
4) Fix possible NULL pointer dereference due to failures in allocating
the synproxy and seqadj conntrack extensions, from Gao feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When memory is exhausted, nfct_seqadj_ext_add may fail to add the
synproxy and seqadj extensions. The function nf_ct_seqadj_init doesn't
check if get valid seqadj pointer by the nfct_seqadj.
Now drop the packet directly when fail to add seqadj extension to
avoid dereference NULL pointer in nf_ct_seqadj_init from
init_conntrack().
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hash_v6 is used by both nftables and ip6tables, so depend on
IP6_NF_IPTABLES is not properly.
Actually, it only parses ipv6hdr and computes a hash value, so
even if IPV6 is disabled, there's no side effect too, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is overly conservative and not flexible at all, so better let them
go through and let the filtering policy decide what to do with them. We
use skb_header_pointer() all over the place so we would just fail to
match when trying to access fields from malformed traffic.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Consolidate pktinfo setup and validation by using the new generic
functions so we converge to the netdev family codebase.
We only need a linear IPv4 and IPv6 header from the reject expression,
so move nft_bridge_iphdr_validate() and nft_bridge_ip6hdr_validate()
to net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These functions are extracted from the netdev family, they initialize
the pktinfo structure and validate that the IPv4 and IPv6 headers are
well-formed given that these functions are called from a path where
layer 3 sanitization did not happen yet.
These functions are placed in include/net/netfilter/nf_tables_ipv{4,6}.h
so they can be reused by a follow up patch to use them from the bridge
family too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Make sure the pktinfo protocol fields are initialized if this fails to
parse the transport header.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces nft_set_pktinfo_unspec() that ensures proper
initialization all of pktinfo fields for non-IP traffic. This is used
by the bridge, netdev and arp families.
This new function relies on nft_set_pktinfo_proto_unspec() to set a new
tprot_set field that indicates if transport protocol information is
available. Remain fields are zeroed.
The meta expression has been also updated to check to tprot_set in first
place given that zero is a valid tprot value. Even a handcrafted packet
may come with the IPPROTO_RAW (255) protocol number so we can't rely on
this value as tprot unset.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information
to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently
only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap
mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility
in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in
the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ability to change the max_rx_aggregation frames is useful
in cases of IOP.
There exist some devices (latest mobile phones and some AP's)
that tend to not respect a BA sessions maximum size (in Kbps).
These devices won't respect the AMPDU size that was negotiated during
association (even though they do respect the maximal number of packets).
This violation is characterized by a valid number of packets in
a single AMPDU. Even so, the total size will exceed the size negotiated
during association.
Eventually, this will cause some undefined behavior, which in turn
causes the hw to drop packets, causing the throughput to plummet.
This patch will make the subframe limitation to be held by each station,
instead of being held only by hw.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 expects the .disconnect() handler to call
cfg80211_disconnect() when done. Make this requirement
more explicit.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Gao Feng